Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

pbio · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker pbio
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Pressure BioSciences, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

[X]

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 or

[  ]

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from ___________________ to _______________________

Commission file number 000-21615

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Massachusetts
(State or Other Jurisdiction 
of Incorporation or Organization)

14 Norfolk Avenue
South Easton, Massachusetts
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(508) 230-1828
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

04-2652826
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.)

02375
( Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

(Title of Class)
None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
Preferred Share Purchase Rights

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
OTC Markets Group, Inc.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes [  ] No [X]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes [  ] No [X]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  web  site,  if  any,  every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that registrant was required to submit and post such files.

Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not
be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of
this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [  ]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Large accelerated filer [  ]
Non-accelerated filer [  ]
(Do not check if smaller reporting company)

Accelerated filer [  ]
Smaller reporting company [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [  ] No [X]

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2015 was
$4,249,932 based on the closing price of $0.23 per share of Pressure BioSciences, Inc. common stock as quoted on the OTC Markets QB
exchange on that date.

As of April 1, 2016, there were 23,209,898 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

N/A.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

- 1 -

- 15 -

- 25 -

- 25 -

- 25 -

- 25 -

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER

- 26 -

PART II

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF

OPERATION.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL

DISCLOSURE.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

PART III

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS; AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

PART IV

- 27 -

- 28 -

- 36 -

- 37 -

-71 -

- 71 -

- 72 -

. -73 -

- 77 -

- 81 -

- 83 -

- 83 -

- 85 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company” and “our Company” refer to Pressure

BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, and unless the context indicates otherwise, also includes our wholly-owned subsidiary.

Introductory Comment

PART I

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). In
some  cases,  forward-looking  statements  are  identified  by  terms  such  as  “may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “could,”  “would,”  “expects,”  “plans,”
“anticipates,”  “believes,”  “estimates,”  “projects,”  “predicts,”  “potential”  and  similar  expressions  intended  to  identify  forward-looking
statements. Such statements include, without limitation, statements regarding:

● our need for, and our ability to raise, additional equity or debt financing on acceptable terms, if at all;
● our need  to  take  additional  cost  reduction  measures,  cease  operations  or  sell  our  operating  assets,  if  we  are  unable  to  obtain

sufficient additional financing;

● our belief that we will have sufficient liquidity to finance normal operations for the foreseeable future;
● the options we may pursue in light of our financial condition;
● the amount of cash necessary to operate our business;
● the anticipated uses of grant revenue and the potential for increased grant revenue in future periods;
● our plans and expectations with respect to our continued operations;
● the expected increase in the number of pressure cycling technology (“PCT”) and constant pressure (“CP”) based units installed and

the increase in revenues from the sale of consumable products and extended service contracts;

● our belief that PCT has achieved initial market acceptance in the mass spectrometry and other markets;
● the expected development and success of new instrument and consumables product offerings;
● the potential applications for our instrument and consumables product offerings;
● the expected expenses of, and benefits and results from, our research and development efforts;
● the expected benefits and results from our collaboration programs, strategic alliances and joint ventures;
● our expectation of obtaining additional research grants from the government in the future;
● our expectations of the results of our development activities funded by government research grants;
● the potential size of the market for biological sample preparation;
● general economic conditions;
● the anticipated future financial performance and business operations of our company;
● our reasons for focusing our resources in the market for genomic, proteomic, lipidomic and small molecule sample preparation;
● the importance of mass spectrometry as a laboratory tool;
● the advantages  of  PCT  over  other  current  technologies  as  a  method  of  biological  sample  preparation  in  biomarker  discovery,

forensics, and histology and for other applications;

● the capabilities and benefits of our PCT sample preparation system, consumables and other products;
● our belief  that  laboratory  scientists  will  achieve  results  comparable  with  those  reported  to  date  by  certain  research  scientists who

have published or presented publicly on PCT and our other products;

● our ability to retain our core group of scientific, administrative and sales personnel; and
● our ability to expand our customer base in sample preparation and for other applications of PCT and our other products.

These forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may
cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity,
performance or achievements, expressed or implied, by such forward-looking statements. Also, these forward-looking statements represent
our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except as otherwise required by law, we expressly
disclaim  any  obligation  or  undertaking  to  release  publicly  any  updates  or  revisions  to  any  forward-looking  statement  contained  in  this
Annual Report on Form 10-K to reflect any change in our expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any
of our forward-looking statements are based. Factors that could cause or contribute to differences in our future financial and other results
include  those  discussed  in  the  risk  factors  set  forth  in  Part  I,  Item  1A  of  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  as  well  as  those  discussed
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

Throughout this document we use the following terms: Barocycler ®, PULSE®, and BioSeq®, which are registered trademarks of the
Company.  We  also  use  the  terms  ProteoSolve TM,  ProteoSolveLRS
TM,  the  Power  of  PCTTM,  the  PCT  ShredderTM,  HUB440TM,
HUB880TM, micro-PestleTM, PCT-HDTM, BarozymeTM and BaroFlexTM Strips, all of which are unregistered trademarks of the Company.

Overview

We are focused on solving the challenging problems inherent in biological sample preparation, a crucial laboratory step performed by
scientists worldwide working in biological life sciences research. Sample preparation is a term that refers to a wide range of activities that
precede most forms of scientific analysis. Sample preparation is often complex, time-consuming and, in our belief, one of the most error-
prone steps of scientific research. It is a widely-used laboratory undertaking – the requirements of which drive what we believe is a large
and  growing  worldwide  market.  We  have  developed  and  patented  a  novel,  enabling  technology  platform  that  can  control  the  sample
preparation  process.  It  is  based  on  harnessing  the  unique  properties  of  high  hydrostatic  pressure.  This  process,  called  pressure  cycling
technology, or PCT, uses alternating cycles of hydrostatic pressure between ambient and ultra-high levels i.e., 35,000 pounds per square
inch (“psi”) or greater to safely, conveniently and reproducibly control the actions of molecules in biological samples, such as cells and
tissues from human, animal, plant and microbial sources.

Our  pressure  cycling  technology  uses  internally  developed  instrumentation  that  is  capable  of  cycling  pressure  between  ambient  and
ultra-high levels at controlled temperatures and specific time intervals, to rapidly and repeatedly control the interactions of bio-molecules,
such  as  deoxyribonucleic  acid  (“DNA”),  ribonucleic  acid  (“RNA”),  proteins,  lipids  and  small  molecules.  Our  laboratory  instrument,  the
Barocycler®,  and  our  internally  developed  consumables  product  line,  which  include  our  Pressure  Used  to  Lyse  Samples  for  Extraction
(“PULSE”) tubes, and other processing tubes, and application specific kits such as consumable products and reagents, together make up our
PCT Sample Preparation System (“PCT SPS”).

We hold 14 United States and 10 foreign patents covering multiple applications of PCT in the life sciences field. Our pressure cycling
technology employs a unique approach that we believe has the potential for broad use in a number of established and emerging life sciences
areas, which include:

● biological sample preparation – including but not limited to sample extraction, homogenization, and digestion - in such study areas

as genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, metabolomic and small molecule;

● pathogen inactivation;

● protein purification;

● control of chemical reactions, particularly enzymatic; and

● immunodiagnostics.

We  are  also  the  exclusive  distributor  throughout  all  of  the Americas  for  the  Constant  Systems  cell  disruption  equipment,  parts,  and
consumables.  Constant  Systems,  Ltd.  (“CS”),  a  British  company  located  about  90  minutes  northwest  of  London,  England,  has  been
providing niche biomedical equipment, related consumable products, and services to a global client base since 1989. CS designs, develops,
and manufactures high pressure cell disruption equipment required by life sciences laboratories worldwide, particularly disruption systems
for the extraction of proteins. The CS equipment provides a constant and controlled cell disruptive environment, giving the user superior,
constant, and reproducible results whatever the application. CS has over 900 units installed in over 40 countries worldwide. The CS cell
disruption equipment has proven performance in the extraction of cellular components, such as protein from yeast, bacteria, mammalian
cells, and other sample types.

The CS pressure-based cell disruption equipment and the PBI PCT-based instrumentation complement each other in several important
ways. While both the CS and PBI technologies are based on high pressure, each product line has fundamental scientific capabilities that the
other does not offer. PBI’s PCT Platform uses certain patented pressure mechanisms to achieve small-scale, molecular level effects. CS’s
technology  uses  different,  proprietary  pressure  mechanisms  for  larger-scale,  non-molecular  level  processing.  In  a  number  of  routine
laboratory applications, such as protein extraction, both effects can be critical to success. Therefore, for protein extraction and a number of
other important scientific applications, we believe laboratories will benefit by using the CS and PBI products, either separately or together.

- 1 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within  the  broad  field  of  biological  sample  preparation,  we  focus  the  majority  of  our  PCT  and  constant  pressure  (“CP”)  product
development  efforts  in  three  specific  areas:  biomarker  discovery  (primarily  through  mass  spectrometric  analysis  at  the  present  time),
forensics and histology.

● Biomarker Discovery - Mass Spectrometry. A biomarker is any substance (e.g., protein, DNA)  that can be used (i) as an indicator
of the presence or absence of a particular disease-state or condition, (ii) to measure disease progression, and (iii) to measure the
effects of therapy. Biomarkers can help in the diagnosis, prognosis, therapy, prevention, surveillance,  control, and cure of diseases
and medical conditions.

A  mass  spectrometer  is  one  of  the  laboratory  instruments  used  in  the  analysis  of  biological  samples,  primarily  proteins,  in life
sciences research. It is frequently used to help discover biomarkers. According to a recently published market report by marketing
firm Transparency Market Research (www.transparencymarketresearch.com) “ Spectrometry  Market  (Atomic, Molecular and Mass
Spectrometry) - Global Scenario, Trends, Industry Analysis, Size, Share & Forecast 2011 – 2017 ,” the global spectrometry market
was worth $10.2 billion in 2011 and is expected to reach $15.2 billion in 2017, growing at a compound annual growth rate of 6.9%
from 2011 to 2017. In the overall global market, the North American market is expected to maintain its lead position in terms of
revenue  until  2017  and  is  expected  to  have  approximately  36.2%  of  the  market  revenue share  in  2017,  followed  by  Europe.  We
believe that both PCT and CP-based products offer significant advantages in speed and quality compared to current techniques used
in the preparation of samples for mass spectrometric analysis.

● Forensics.  The  detection  of  DNA  has  become  a  part  of  the  analysis  of  forensic  samples  by  laboratories  and  criminal  justice
agencies worldwide in their efforts to identify the perpetrators of violent crimes and missing persons. Scientists from the University
of North Texas  and Florida International University have reported improvements in DNA yield from forensic samples e.g., bone,
and  hair,  using  PCT  in  the  sample  preparation  process.  We  believe  PCT  may  be  capable  of  differentially  extracting  DNA  from
sperm  and  female  epithelial cells  in  swabs  collected  from  rape  victims  and  stored  in  rape  kits. According  to  the Joyful  Arts
Foundation’s  website,  an  organization  focused  on  bringing  justice  to  all  victims  of  rape  cases  that  remain  unsolved
(http://endthebacklog.org/whatisthebacklog.htm), “Experts in the federal government estimate that there are hundreds of thousands
of  untested  rape  kits  in  police  and  crime  lab  storage  facilities  throughout  the  United States.”  We  believe  this  backlog  exists  for
reasons such as cost, processing time, and quality of results. We further believe that the ability to differentially extract DNA from
the sperm cells while not extracting DNA from the female epithelial cells could reduce the cost of such testing, while increasing
the quality, safety and speed of the testing process.

● Histology.  The  most  commonly  used  technique  worldwide  for  the  preservation  of  biopsies  of  cancer and  other  tissues  for
subsequent pathology evaluation is formalin-fixation followed by paraffin-embedding (“FFPE”). We believe that the quality and
analysis of  FFPE  tissues  is  highly  problematic.  We  believe  PCT  offers  significant  advantages  over current  processing  methods.
These advantages include standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery, and safety.

Our  customers  include  researchers  at  academic  laboratories,  government  agencies,  biotechnology,  pharmaceutical  and  other  life

sciences companies in the United States, and distribution partners in foreign countries.

We have experienced negative cash flows from operations with respect to our business since inception. As of December 31, 2015, we
did not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our current liabilities. Based on our current projections, including equity and debt
financing subsequent to December 31, 2015, we believe our current and projected cash resources will enable us to extend our cash resources
for the foreseeable future.

- 2 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited consolidated financial statements for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. The audit
report  issued  by  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  for  our  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,
2015 states that our auditing firm has substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk that we may not have
sufficient cash and liquid assets to cover our operating and capital requirements for the next twelve-month period; and, if sufficient cash
cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter, or possibly even discontinue, operations. The accompanying financial statements
do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

The conditions described above could adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and may
cause investors to have reservations about our long-term prospects, and may adversely affect our relationships with customers. There can be
no assurance that our auditing firm will not issue the same opinion in the future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going concern, our
stockholders may lose their entire investment in us.

Developments

We reported a number of accomplishments during 2015 including:

● December 31, we closed on two additional subscriptions totaling $155,000 in our $5 Million PIPE transaction, bringing the total

to $4,910,000.

● December 15,  we  reported  the  close  of  an  additional  $730,000 in  our  $5  Million  PIPE  transaction,  bringing  the  total  to

$4,755,000. We also reported the repayment of 100% of the floorless loans previously owed by PBI.

● November 12, we announced Q3 2015 financial results, including record revenue for the quarter and nine-month periods ended
September 30, a 55% increase in total revenue compared to the same quarter in 2014, and a 13.4% decrease in operating loss for
the third quarter of 2015.

● October 16, the Company announced a collaboration agreement with Florida International University to co-develop an improved
rape kit  test  method,  based  on  the  Company’s  patented  PCT  platform.  With  a  backlog  of  untested  rape  kits  estimated  at
approximately 400,000, and with an estimated 180,000 new sexual assaults each year, an improved testing method is vitally needed.

● September 1, we  announced  that  a  recent  publication  in  a  peer-reviewed  journal  indicated  that  PBI’s  PCT  platform  could  play a

significant role in personalized/precision medicine, including cancer tissue biopsies.

● August 17, we announced Q2 2015 financial results, including increases in all major revenue categories for the second quarter, and

record total revenue for the six month period ended June 30, 2015.

● August 14, DM  WDM,  a  small  cap  investment  bank,  announced  the  exchange  of  1M  shares  of  PBI  (valued  at  $0.50/share)  for
601,500 shares of Everest Investments Holdings, the formation of Pressure BioSciences Europe, and $250,000 of market support for
PBI by WDM.

● July 23, we announced the close of a $2.18M initial tranche of a $5 Million Private Placement.

● July 15, we  announced  that  PCT  was  a  key  workflow  component  in  a  study  to  discover  potential  biomarkers  and  underlying

pathways in the emergence and progression of COPD-associated lung cancer.

● July 13, we reported that Chinese and Swiss researchers suggested a workflow that included the PCT platform that they believed
could potentially accelerate the discovery of new biomarkers for the early diagnosis and prediction of complications in diabetes.

● July 7, we announced promising results when our PCT Platform was incorporated in a new method for improving the extraction of

DNA from rape kits and other forensic samples.

● June 29, we announced that scientists from the Institute of Molecular Systems Biology in Zurich, Switzerland presented data on an
improved  method  for  the  proteomic  profiling  and  classification  of  prostate  cancer  tissue  biopsy  samples  at  an  important
international scientific conference.

● May 4, we announced the publication of three scientific articles that show key advantages of the PCT platform in drug discovery &

design, cancer detection, and in the analysis of microbial communities in soil.

● April 30, we  announced  that  scientists  from  Northwestern  University  had  successfully  extracted  cotinine  (metabolite  of  nicotine)
from dried blood spots and theorized that the Company’s new Barozyme High-throughput system might also improve the extraction
of other chemical toxins and carcinogens as well.

● April 1 4 , we  announced  a  collaboration  agreement  with  Southern  University  at  New  Orleans  for  improving  and  extending

applications of the PCT platform for DNA detection in forensic samples.

- 3 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● March 31, we announced FY 2014 financial results, including an almost 30% increase in products and services revenue compared to

FY 2013.

● March 12, we  released  PCT-HD,  “the  Next  Generation  Protein  Preparation  System”  in  two  separate  presentations  at a  major

international scientific meeting in Tempe, Arizona.

● February 19, we announced the award of a $1 million NIH SBIR Phase II Grant to develop a high-throughput, high pressure-based

DNA Shearing System for Next Generation Sequencing (“NGS”).

● February 10, we received the first Purchase Order for our Barozyme HT48 High-Throughput System.

● January 21, we  announced  the  receipt  of  over  $1.16  million  during  the  past  two  months  from  equity  investments,  and  that  we

planned to expand our marketing, sales, and operations capabilities.

Liquidity

Management  has  developed  a  plan  to  continue  operations.  This  plan  includes  controlling  expenses,  streamlining  operations,  and
obtaining capital through equity and/or debt financing. We have been successful in raising cash through debt and equity offerings in the
past  and  as  described  in  this  annual  report.  We  closed  $4,910,000  of  a  $5  million  PIPE  through  December  31,  2015,  and  have  closed
additional  subscriptions  subsequent  to  December  31,  2015.  We  have  efforts  in  place  to  continue  to  raise  cash  through  debt  and  equity
offerings.

Although we have successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure our investors that our
plans to address these matters in the future will be successful. Additional financing may not be available to us on a timely basis or on terms
acceptable to us, if at all. In the event we are unable to raise sufficient funds on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to:

● severely limit  or  cease  our  operations  or  otherwise  reduce  planned  expenditures  and  forego  other  business  opportunities,  which
could harm our business. The accompanying financial statements do not include adjustments that may be required in the event of
the disposal of assets or the discontinuation of the business;

● obtain financing with terms that may have the effect of diluting or adversely affecting the holdings or the rights of the holders of our

capital stock; or

● obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some or all

of our technologies or products.

Corporate Information

We  were  incorporated  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  in August  1978  as  Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.  In  September  2004,  we
completed the sale of Boston Biomedica’s core business units and began to focus exclusively on the development and commercialization of
the  PCT  platform.  Following  this  change  in  business  strategy,  we  changed  our  legal  name  from  Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.  to  Pressure
BioSciences,  Inc.  (“PBI”).  We  began  operations  as  PBI  in  February  2005,  research  and  development  activities  in  April  2006,  early
marketing and selling activities of our Barocycler instruments in late 2007, and marketing and selling of our PCT-based instrument platform
in 2012.

Available Information

Our Internet website address is http://www.pressurebiosciences.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, reports
we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”),  which  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  our  annual  report  on  Form  10-K,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any and all amendments to such reports, as soon as reasonably practicable
after  we  electronically  file  such  material  with,  or  furnish  it  to,  the  SEC.  These  SEC  reports  can  be  also  accessed  through  the  investor
relations section of our website. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the
SEC.

You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC
20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also
maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding Pressure BioSciences
and other issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s Internet website address is http://www.sec.gov.

- 4 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sample Preparation for Genomic, Proteomic, Lipidomic and Small Molecule Studies

The Market

Since  February  2005,  we  have  focused  substantially  all  of  our  research  and  development  and  commercialization  efforts  on  sample
preparation for genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule studies. This market is comprised of academic and government research
institutions, biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and other public and private laboratories that are engaged in studying genomic,
proteomic and small molecule material within plant and animal cells and tissues. We elected to initially focus our resources in the market of
genomic, proteomic and small molecule sample preparation because we believe it is an area that:

● is a rapidly growing market;

● has a large and immediate need for better technology;

● is comprised mostly of research laboratories, which are subject to minimal governmental regulation;

● is the least technically challenging application for the development of our products;

● is compatible with our technical core competency; and

● we currently have strong patent protection.

We believe that our existing PCT and CP-based instrumentation and related consumable products fill an important and growing need in
the  sample  preparation  market  for  the  safe,  rapid,  versatile,  reproducible  and  quality  extraction  of  nucleic  acids,  proteins  and  small
molecules from a wide variety of plant and animal cells and tissues.

Biomarker Discovery - Mass Spectrometry

A biomarker is any substance (e.g., protein, DNA) that can be used as an indicator of the presence or absence of a particular disease-
state  or  condition,  and  to  measure  the  progression  and  effects  of  therapy.  Biomarkers  can  help  in  the  diagnosis,  prognosis,  therapy,
prevention, surveillance, control, and cure of diseases and medical conditions.

A mass spectrometer is a laboratory instrument used in the analysis of biological samples, often focused on proteins, in life sciences
research.  It  is  frequently  used  to  help  discover  biomarkers. According  to  a  recently  published  market  report  by  Transparency  Market
Research (www.transparencymarketresearch.com) “Spectrometry Market (Atomic, Molecular and Mass Spectrometry) - Global Scenario,
Trends, Industry Analysis, Size, Share & Forecast 2011 – 2017,” the global spectrometry market was worth $10.2 billion in 2011 and is
expected  to  reach  $15.2  billion  in  2017,  growing  at  a  compound  annual  growth  rate  of  6.9%  from  2011  to  2017.  In  the  overall  global
market,  the  North  American  market  is  expected  to  maintain  its  lead  position  in  terms  of  revenue  till  2017  and  is  expected  to  have
approximately 36.2% of the market revenue share in 2017, followed by Europe. We believe PCT and CP-based products offer significant
advantages in speed and quality compared with current techniques used in the preparation of samples for mass spectrometry analysis.

Our plan is to focus primarily on the application of PCT-enhanced protein extraction and CP-based digestion for the mass spectrometry
market and the advantages of PCT and CP in this market, and on the use of PCT and CP in biomarker discovery, soil and plant biology,
counter bio-terrorism and tissue pathology applications.

Forensics

The detection of DNA has become a part of the analysis of forensic samples by laboratories and criminal justice agencies worldwide in
their efforts to identify the perpetrators of violent crimes and missing persons. Scientists from the University of North Texas and Florida
International University have reported improvements in DNA yield from forensic samples (e.g., bone and hair) using PCT in the sample
preparation process. We believe that PCT may be capable of differentially extracting DNA from sperm cells and female epithelial cells in
swabs collected from rape victims and stored in rape kits. We also believe that there are many completed rape kits that remain untested for
reasons  such  as  cost,  time  and  quality  of  results.  We  further  believe  that  the  ability  to  differentially  extract   DNA  from  sperm  and  not
epithelial cells could reduce the cost of such testing, while increasing the quality, safety and speed of the testing process.

Histology

The most commonly used technique worldwide for the preservation of cancer and other tissues for subsequent pathology evaluation is
formalin-fixation followed by paraffin-embedding, or FFPE. We believe that the quality and analysis of FFPE tissues is highly problematic,
and that PCT offers significant advantages over current processing methods, including standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery, and
safety.

- 5 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sample Extraction Process

The process of preparing samples for genomic, proteomic and small molecule studies includes a crucial step called sample extraction
or sample disruption. This is the process of extracting nucleic acid i.e., DNA and/or RNA, proteins or small molecules from the plant or
animal cells and tissues that are being studied. Sample preparation is widely regarded as a significant impediment to research and discovery
and sample extraction is generally regarded as one of the key parts of sample preparation. Our current commercialization efforts are based
upon  our  belief  that  pressure  cycling  technology  provides  a  superior  solution  to  sample  extraction  compared  with  other  available
technologies or procedures and can thus significantly improve the quality of sample preparation, and thus the quality of the test result.

Collaboration Program

Our collaboration program is an important element of our business strategy. Initiating a collaboration with a researcher involves the
installation of a Barocycler instrument for an agreed upon period of time of approximately three to twelve months, and the execution of an
agreed upon work plan. Our primary objectives for entering into a collaboration agreement include:

● the development of a new application for PCT and CP in sample preparation;

● the advancement  and  validation  of  our  understanding  of  PCT  and  CP  within  an  area  of  life  sciences  in  which  we  already  offer

products;

● the demonstration of the effectiveness of PCT and CP by specific research scientists, particularly Key Opinion Leaders (“KOLs”),

who we believe can have a positive impact on market acceptance of PCT; and

● the expectation of peer-reviewed publications and/or presentations at scientific meetings by a third party on the merits of PCT and

CP.

Since we initiated our collaboration program in June 2005, third party researchers have cited the use of our PCT platform in multiple
publications and presentations. We believe that this program has provided and continues to provide us with independent and objective data
about PCT from well-respected laboratories in the United States and throughout the rest of the world.

Company Products

We believe our PCT and CP products allow researchers to improve scientific research studies in the life sciences field. Our products
are developed with the expectation of meeting or exceeding the needs of research scientists while enhancing the safety, speed and quality
that is available to them with existing sample preparation methods.

Barocycler Instrumentation

Our  Barocycler  product  line  consists  of  laboratory  instrumentation  that  subjects  a  sample  to  cycles  of  pressure  from  ambient
(approximately  14.5  psi)  to  ultra-high  levels  (35,000  psi  or  greater)  and  then  back  to  ambient;  all  in  a  precisely  controlled  manner.  Our
instruments (the Barocycler NEP3229, the Barocycler NEP2320, and the HUB440) use cycles of high, hydrostatic pressure to quickly and
efficiently break up the cellular structures of a specimen to release nucleic acids, proteins, lipids and small molecules from the specimen
into our consumable processing tube, referred to as our PULSE Tubes and MicroTubes. Our Barocycler instrumentation is designed to fit
on a laboratory bench top, inside a biological safety cabinet, or on the shelf of a laboratory cold room. Our instruments have an external
chiller hook-up (to control temperature during the PCT process), automatic fill and dispensing valves, and an integrated micro-processor
keypad or a laptop computer. The microprocessor or laptop computer are capable of saving specific PCT protocols, so the researcher can
achieve maximum reproducibility for the preparation of nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, or small molecules from various biological samples.
Our Barocycler instruments and our consumable products make up our current PCT Sample Preparation System (see below).

Barocycler NEP3229 – The Barocycler NEP3229 contains two units – a user interface and a power source – comprised primarily of a
1.5 horsepower motor and pump assembly (hydraulic). Combined, the two components of the NEP3229 weigh approximately 350 pounds.
The  Barocycler  NEP3229  is  capable  of  processing  up  to  three  samples  simultaneously  using  our  specially  designed,  single-use  PULSE
Tubes and up to 48 samples simultaneously using our specially-designed MicroTubes.

- 6 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barocycler NEP2320 – The Barocycler NEP2320 is a smaller, more compact version of our NEP3229 unit. It weighs approximately 80
pounds  (with  accessories)  and  works  on  compressed  air  (pneumatic)  instead  of  hydraulics  like  the  larger  NEP3229  unit.  Because  this
instrument  is  pneumatic,  the  NEP2320  can  be  easily  attached  by  an  air  hose  to  a  typical  85-psi  air  compressor  found  in  most  scientific
laboratories, as well as to many consumer-sold portable compressors or even to bottled gas. This instrument is used by our sales staff as a
demonstration  instrument  and  is  marketed  as  a  second  instrument  alternative  to  our  PCT  SPS.  The  Barocycler  NEP2320  is  capable  of
processing  one  sample  at  a  time  using  our  specially  designed,  single-use  PULSE  Tubes  and  up  to  16  samples  simultaneously  using  our
specially-designed MicroTubes.

Barocycler  HUB440  –  The  Barocycler  HUB440  was  introduced  to  collaborators  in  the  electron  paramagnetic  resonance  (“EPR”)
market in 2011 for testing in a laboratory environment, and to elicit feedback from research scientists on performance and capabilities. The
Barocycler HUB440 is capable of creating and controlling hydrostatic pressure from 500 psi to 58,000 psi. It is computer controlled, and
runs on software that was specially-written by PBI in LabVIEW (software from National Instruments Corporation). PBI owns the rights
and has a license to use the specialty LabVIEW software. The Barocycler HUB440 is the first portable, ready to use pressure generator for
the laboratory bench. We believe that over the coming years, the Barocycler HUB440 may become the main instrument in the Company’s
pressure-based instrument line.

PCT MicroTube Adapter Kit – The PCT MicroTube Adapter Kit includes an ergonomically designed, space-saving Workstation, PCT
MicroTubes and MicroCaps, and specialized tools to enable the user to process up to forty-eight samples simultaneously in our PCT SPS, as
compared to three with the Barocycler NEP3229.

The  Shredder  SG3  –The  Shredder  SG3  is  a  low  shear  mechanical  homogenization  system  for  use  with  tough,  fibrous  and  other
difficult-to-disrupt tissues and organisms. The Shredder SG3 System uses a variety of Shredder PULSE Tubes to directly and rapidly grind
a biological sample which, when combined with selected buffers, can provide effective extraction of proteins, DNA, RNA, lipids and small
molecules from tissues and organisms. The Shredder SG3 features a three position force setting lever, which enables the operator to select
and apply reproducible force to the sample during the shredding process and eliminates the need for the operator to exert force for long
periods when processing one or more samples.

Barocycler HUB880 - The Barocycler HUB880 is a new instrument expected to be available for sale during the second half of 2016. It
is a compact, portable, bench-top, ultra-high pressure generator that uses an air pressure-to-liquid pressure intensifier allowing the user to
generate fluid pressure as high as 90,000 psi with input air pressure of just 126 psi. The HUB880 can be operated through a simple front
panel  or  controlled  using  an  optional  external  Data Acquisition  and  Control  Module  for  dynamic  pressure  control.  We  believe  that  the
HUB880  will  be  well  accepted  by  scientists  that  need  to  achieve  super  high  pressure,  such  as  those  working  in  the  food  and  vaccine
industries.

Barozyme HT48  -  The  Barozyme  HT48  is  a  high  throughput  bench-top  instrument  designed  for  accelerated  enzymatic  digestion  of
proteins at high pressure. The Barozyme HT48 uses an air-pressure-to-liquid-pressure intensifier system, with a pressure amplification ratio
of 160:1, to reach an output pressure of 20,000 psi. The Barozyme HT48 is capable of processing up to 48 samples at a time in six single-
use BaroFlex 8-well Strips in the Barozyme Sample Carrier. Typical trypsin digestion times can be reduced from hours to minutes.

BaroFlex  8-well  Processing  Strips  -  Baroflex  8-well  Strips  are  used  in  the  Barozyme  HT48  (See  Specification  Sheet)  for  pressure-
enhanced enzymatic digestion at 20,000 psi. BaroFlex 8-well Strips are made of special high density polyethylene (HDPE) and hold up to
140µl when capped with the BaroFlex Cap Strips or Mats. BaroFlex 8-Cap Strips and BaroFlex 24-Cap Mats are made of silicone. These
single-use caps are designed to seal BaroFlex 8-well Strips tightly and to prevent fluid exchange between the sample and the Barozyme
chamber fluid during pressure cycling. The silicone caps are available as strips of 8, or mats of 24 caps.

PCT-HD -  The  PCT-HD  System  combines  two  of  the  Company’s  unique  products:  the  recently  released,  patent-pending  µPestle
consumable  with  an  enhanced  Barocycler  NEP2320  instrument.  This  combination  enables  faster,  less  cumbersome  and  higher  quality
homogenization, extraction, and digestion of proteins. PCT-HD was developed by the Company’s scientists and engineers in collaboration
with Professor Ruedi Aebersold and Dr. Tiannan Guo of the Institute of Molecular Systems Biology, ETH Zurich, and the University of
Zurich, both in Zurich, Switzerland. Drs. Aebersold and Guo combined PCT-HD with AB SCIEX’s SWATH-Mass Spectrometry – calling
the  resulting  method  “PCT-SWATH”.  This  protocol  can  yield  analytical  results  within  12  hours  from  the  start  of  processing  tissue.
Although  Drs. Aebersold  and  Guo  developed  protocols  for  the  combination  of  PCT-HD  with  SWATH-MS,  the  PCT-HD  System  is  not
limited  to  any  specific  mass  spectrometer  or  method  of  data  analysis.  Subsequently,  we  believe  the  PCT-HD  System  can  provide  most
researchers with unprecedented speed and reproducibility for biomarker discovery.

- 7 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cell Disruption Instrumentation

We  are  also  the  exclusive  distributor  throughout  all  of  the Americas  for  the  Constant  Systems  cell  disruption  equipment,  parts,  and
consumables.  Constant  Systems,  Ltd  (“CS”),  a  British  company  located  about  90  minutes  northwest  of  London,  England,  has  been
providing niche biomedical equipment, related consumable products, and services to a global client base since 1989. CS designs, develops,
and manufactures high pressure cell disruption equipment required by life sciences laboratories worldwide, particularly disruption systems
for the extraction of proteins. The CS equipment provides a constant and controlled cell disruptive environment, giving the user superior,
constant, and reproducible results whatever the application. CS has over 900 units installed in over 40 countries worldwide. The CS cell
disruption equipment has proven performance in the extraction of cellular components, such as protein from yeast, bacteria, mammalian
cells, and other sample types.

The CS pressure-based cell disruption equipment and the PBI PCT instrumentation complement each other in several important ways.
While both the CS and PBI technologies are based on high pressure, each product line has fundamental scientific capabilities that the other
does  not  offer.  PBI’s  PCT  Platform  uses  certain  patented  pressure  mechanisms  to  achieve  small-scale,  molecular  level  effects.  CS’s
technology  uses  different,  proprietary  pressure  mechanisms  for  larger-scale,  non-molecular  level  processing.  In  a  number  of  routine
laboratory applications, such as protein extraction, both effects can be critical to success. Therefore, for protein extraction and a number of
other important scientific applications, we believe laboratories will benefit by using the CS and PBI products, either separately or together.

Barocycler Consumable Products

PULSE Tubes (FT500) – The FT500 PULSE Tube is a specially-designed, plastic, single-use, processing container with two chambers
separated by a small disk with small holes. This small disk is referred to as a Lysis Disk. PULSE Tubes transmit the power of PCT from the
Barocycler instrument to the sample. In sample extraction, the specimen is placed on the Lysis Disk. Buffers are added to the PULSE tube
and the PULSE Tube is capped and placed in the pressure chamber of the Barocycler instrument. The pressure chamber fluid then is added
and pressurization begins. As pressure increases, a small moveable piston pushes the specimen from the top (sample) chamber, through the
Lysis Disk and into the bottom (fluid retention) chamber. When pressure is released, the sample, which is now partially homogenized, is
pulled  back  through  the  Lysis  Disk  by  the  receding  ram.  The  combination  of  physical  passage  through  the  Lysis  Disk,  rapid  pressure
changes  and  other  biophysical  mechanisms  related  to  cycled  pressure  break  up  the  cellular  structures  of  the  specimen  to  quickly  and
efficiently release nucleic acids, proteins, lipids and small molecules.

Non-Disk PULSE Tubes (FT500-ND) – The FT500-ND PULSE Tube is a specially-designed, plastic, single-use, processing container
with  one  chamber.  The  FT500-ND  is  similar  to  the  FT500  in  look  and  feel,  except  there  is  no  Lysis  Disk  separating  the  body  of  the
processing container into two chambers, as in the FT500. The design change was based on market demand for a PCT consumable for the
rapid and reproducible processing of solutions and suspensions that do not require partial homogenization by passage through a Lysis Disk
and for a consumable that could accept smaller sample volumes. The FT500-ND offers variable sample volumes with a range five times
that of the existing FT500.

ProteoSolve  -  SB  –  (ProteoSolve  for  Systems  Biology)  is  a  PCT-dependent  method  for  the  simultaneous  extraction,  isolation  and
fractionation of nucleic acids (DNA and RNA), proteins and lipids from animal and plant samples routinely used in laboratory research.
This  patent-pending  kit  contains  proprietary  reagents,  consumable  processing  containers  (PULSE  Tubes)  and  instructions  for  use.  It  is
intended to be used with our patented PCT Sample Preparation System. The kit is based on an approach to a “systems biology” sample
preparation method that was first unveiled during early 2008 in collaboration with Dr. Alexander Ivanov, who was then with the Harvard
School of Public Health.

ProteoSolve - CE – (ProteoSolve for Conventional Extraction) is a PCT-dependent kit for the extraction of proteins from a variety of
samples  using  optimized  detergent-based  reagent  system  compatible  with  two-dimensional  electrophoresis  or  two-dimensional
chromatographic  separation  for  proteomic  analysis.  The  kit  contains  the  reagents  and  instructions  necessary  for  the  extraction  of  either
denatured or non-denatured proteins, which can then be used for the analysis of protein structure and function.

Mitochondria Isolation Kits – These kits contain the chemical ingredients necessary for a scientist to extract mitochondria from skeletal
muscle  and  lung  tissue  for  subsequent  analysis.  Mitochondria  play  a  major  role  in  generating  the  energy  required  to  power  most  cell
processes and are involved in other important cell functions. Mitochondria have been implicated in several human diseases, including heart
disease, stroke, Parkinson’s disease, cancer and other mitochondrial diseases.

- 8 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Micro-Pestle (μPestles) - PCT μPestles, in conjunction with PCT MicroTubes, are designed to enhance the extraction of protein, DNA,
RNA  and  small  molecules  from  minute  amounts  (0.5  –  3.0  mg)  of  solid  tissue  in  extraction  reagent  volumes  as  low  as  20-30  μL.  PCT
MicroTubes and PCT μPestles use Pressure Cycling Technology (PCT) to effectively disrupt soft tissues and lyse their cells. As a result, the
tissue  sample  trapped  between  the  MicroTube  end  and  the  μPestles  tip  is  crushed  on  every  pressure  cycle.  This  mechanical  action,
combined with the extraction ability of the buffer under high pressure, result in effective homogenization and extraction.

PCT μPestles and PCT MicroTubes, together with a PBI Barocycler, comprise the PCT Micro-Pestle System, which provides a faster,
safer, and more efficient means of extraction from extremely small amounts of solid samples such as soft animal tissues or biopsies. The
PCT μPestle System can be used in any PBI Barocycler.

PCT μPestles are made from Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a synthetic fluoropolymer of tetrafluoroethylene, also known as Teflon
(by  DuPont  Co).  PTFE  is  practically  inert;  the  only  chemicals  known  to  affect  it  are  certain  alkali  metals  and  most  highly-reactive
fluorinating agents.

We believe our development of these products has helped, and will continue to help, drive the adoption of PCT within the life sciences

market.

Company Services

Government Grants and Contracts

We view federal agency grants to be an important part of our business plan. These types of grants allow us to bill the federal agency for
work  that  we  are  planning  to  perform  as  part  of  the  development  and  commercialization  of  our  technology.  We  generally  start  by
submitting initial grant requests that are in response to requests for proposals (“RFPs”) from the federal government through their Small
Business  Innovation  Research  (“SBIR”)  program.  Initial  (“SBIR  Phase  I”)  grants  are  meant  to  fund  approved  research  projects  for  six
months, and generally have budgets of approximately $100,000 to $150,000. Because our work in SBIR Phase I grants has been successful,
we have applied, and may in the future apply for larger National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) SBIR Phase II grants. Such larger grants are
typically for a two-year period and can offer as much as $1,000,000 to support significant research projects in areas we would otherwise
expect to support with internal funds should SBIR Phase II grants not be awarded. To date, we have been awarded five NIH SBIR Phase I
grants and three SBIR Phase II grants. The data on three of the NIH SBIR Phase I grants were the basis for the submission, and subsequent
award. Of the three NIH SBIR Phase II grants awarded to us: one was in the approximate amount of $850,000 in August 2008, the second
was in the approximate amount of $850,000 in September 2011, and the third award was in the approximate amount of $1,020,000 awarded
in November 2014. All three of the NIH SBIR Phase I grants and the August 2008 and September 2011, NIH SBIR Phase II grants have
been completed.

The 2008 SBIR Phase II grant (2R44GM079059) was awarded to us by the NIH for work in the area of using PCT to extract protein
biomarkers, sub-cellular molecular complexes, and organelles, with the expectation that these studies might ultimately lead to the release of
a  new,  commercially  available  PCT-based  system,  with  validated  protocols,  end-user  kits,  and  other  consumables  intended  for  the
extraction  of  clinically  important  protein  biomarkers,  sub-cellular  molecular  complexes,  and  organelles  from  human  and  animal  tissues.
The 2011 SBIR II contract (W81XWH-10-C-0-175) was awarded to us by the U.S. Army for the development of a universal method for
the  inactivation,  extraction,  and  enrichment  of  pathogens  in  diagnostic  samples,  including  arthropod  hosts  of  military  importance.  The
work  covered  by  this  grant  was  significant  in  helping  us  develop  the  recently  released  Barozyme  HT48  High  Throughput  System.  The
2014  SBIR  Phase  II  grant  (2R44HG007136)  was  awarded  to  us  by  the  National  Human  Genome  Research  Institute  of  the  National
Institutes of Health (“NIH”). Entitled “High Pressure Sample Preparation Instrumentation for DNA Sequencing”, this grant will help fund
the  development  of  an  automated,  high-throughput,  high  pressure  system  (instrument  and  consumables),  to  enable  significantly  better
control of DNA fragmentation - a critical step in the preparation of samples for Next Generation Sequencing platforms. This system will be
based  on  significant  technological  advancements  over  the  classic  hydrodynamic  DNA  shearing  approach  that  has  been  successfully  and
widely used in the field of DNA sequencing for many years.

- 9 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extended Service Contracts

We offer extended service contracts on our laboratory instrumentation to all of our customers. These service contracts allow a customer
who purchases a Barocycler instrument to receive on-site scheduled preventative maintenance, on-site repair and replacement of all worn
or defective component parts, and telephone support, all at no incremental cost for the life of the service contract. We offer one-year and
four-year extended service contracts to customers who purchase Barocycler instruments.

Other Applications of Pressure Cycling Technology

PCT  is  an  enabling,  platform  technology  based  on  a  physical  process  that  had  not  previously  been  used  to  control  bio-molecular
interactions.  During  its  early  development,  under  the  legacy  business  of  Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.,  our  scientists  were  researching  and
developing  applications  of  pressure  cycling  technology  in  many  areas  of  the  life  sciences,  including  genomic,  proteomic  and  small
molecule sample preparation. The data generated during these early years, combined with the data generated since we began focusing on
PCT  operations  in  February  2005,  form  the  basis  of  knowledge  that  we  believe  will  allow  us  to  successfully  commercialize  PCT  both
within and outside of the sample preparation market.

Our research and development efforts have shown that, in addition to genomic, proteomic and small molecule sample preparation, PCT
is  potentially  beneficial  in  a  number  of  other  areas  of  the  life  sciences,  including  pathogen  inactivation,  protein  purification,  control  of
chemical (particularly enzymatic) reactions, and immunodiagnostics. Other applications in the sample preparation market include forensics
and  histology,  as  we  discuss  above.  Our  pursuit  of  these  markets,  however,  depends  on  a  number  of  factors,  including  our  success  in
commercializing PCT in the area of sample preparation, our judgment regarding the investment required to be successful in these areas, the
value of these markets to our Company, and the availability of sufficient financial resources. Below is a brief explanation of each of these
additional potential applications and a short description of why we believe PCT can be used to improve scientific studies in these areas.

Pathogen Inactivation

Biological products manufactured for human use, such as blood, vaccines and drugs, are put through rigorous processing protocols in
an effort to minimize the potential of that product to transmit disease. These protocols may include methods to remove infectious materials
such  as  pre-processing  testing,  filtration  or  chromatography,  or  methods  to  inactivate  infectious  materials  that  are  not  captured  in  the
removal steps such as pasteurization, irradiation and solvent detergent inactivation. Notwithstanding current diligence in both the removal
and inactivation steps, significant concern remains that some bacteria and viruses capable of transmitting infection to recipients may not be
removed or inactivated with current procedures. In addition, some removal and inactivation methods may not be useful because of cost,
safety, ease-of-use or other practical concerns. To that end, we believe that a new inactivation method is needed that can safely, rapidly and
inexpensively  inactivate  pathogens  in  blood,  vaccines  and  drugs  without  the  need  for  chemical  or  other  potentially  toxic  additives.  We
believe we have successfully generated proof-of-concept that PCT can satisfy this need. We believe that compared with current procedures,
a process that uses PCT has the potential to increase safety and yield, lower cost and decrease the potential side effects of current methods.
We have been issued U.S., European, and Japanese patents for this PCT-dependent inactivation technology.

Protein Purification

Many  vaccines  and  drugs  are  comprised  of  proteins.  These  proteins  need  to  be  purified  from  complex  mixtures  as  part  of  the
manufacturing process. Current purification techniques often result in the loss of a significant amount of the protein. Therefore, any method
that  could  increase  the  amount  of  protein  being  recovered  in  the  purification  step,  could  subsequently  lead  to  a  reduction  in  cost  to  the
manufacturer. We believe we have successfully generated proof-of-concept that PCT can satisfy this need. We believe that compared with
current purification procedures, a process that uses PCT has the potential to increase protein recovery, increase the quality of the product,
and lower production costs. We have been issued U.S. and European patents in this area.

Control of Chemical (Particularly Enzymatic) Reactions

Chemical reactions encompass many important interactions in nature. Methods used to control chemical reactions could have a positive
effect on the quality, speed, and overall result of the reaction. The control and detection of chemical reactions is particularly useful in the
biotechnology  field  for  synthesizing  and  characterizing  such  molecules  as  nucleic  acids  and  polypeptides.  We  believe  that  PCT  offers
distinct  advantages  in  controlling  chemical  reactions  over  current  methods,  since  PCT  can  provide  precise,  automated  control  over  the
timing and synchronization of chemical reactions, particularly enzymatic reactions. We have been issued U.S. and European patents in this
area.

- 10 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Immunodiagnostics

Many tests used in the clinical laboratory today are based on the formation of a complex between two proteins, such as an antigen and
an antibody. Such “immunodiagnostic” methods are used for the detection of infectious agents such as the human immunodeficiency virus
(“HIV”), hepatitis viruses, West Nile virus, and others, as well as for endocrine, drug testing and cancer diagnostics. We have generated
proof-of-concept that PCT may be used to control biomolecular interactions between proteins, such as antigens and antibodies. We believe
this  capability  may  provide  a  greater  degree  of  sensitivity  and  quantitative  accuracy  in  immunodiagnostic  testing  than  that  offered  by
methods that are available today. We have been issued U.S. and European patents in this area.

Customers

Our  customers  include  researchers  at  academic  laboratories,  government  agencies,  biotechnology  companies,  pharmaceutical
companies and other life science institutions in the United States. Our customers also include a number of foreign distribution partners. Our
goal is to continue our market penetration in these target groups and releasing products in our publicized product pipeline. We also believe
that  there  is  a  significant  opportunity  to  sell  and/or  lease  additional  Barocycler  instrumentation  to  additional  laboratories  at  current
customer institutions.

If we are successful in commercializing PCT in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, and small molecule
sample preparation and if we are successful in our attempts to attract additional capital, our potential customer base could expand to include
hospitals, reference laboratories, blood banks and transfusion centers, plasma collection centers, pharmaceutical manufacturing plants and
other sites involved in each specific application. If we are successful in forensics, our potential customers could be laboratories, military
and other government agencies. If we are successful in histology, our potential customers could be pharmaceutical companies, hospitals,
and laboratories focused on drug discovery or correlation of disease states.

Competition

We  compete  with  companies  that  have  existing  technologies  for  the  extraction  of  nucleic  acids,  proteins  and  small  molecules  from
cells and tissues, including methods such as mortar and pestle grinding, sonication, rotor-stator homogenization, French Press, bead beating,
freezer milling, enzymatic digestion and chemical dissolution. We believe that there are a number of significant issues related to the use of
these  methods,  including:  complexity,  sample  containment,  cross-contamination,  shearing  of  biomolecules  of  interest,  and  limited
applicability to different sample types, ease-of-use, reproducibility, and cost. We believe that our PCT Sample Preparation System offers a
number of significant advantages over these methods, including:

●

●

●

●

labor reduction

temperature control

precision

reproducibility

●

●

●

●

versatility

efficiency

simplicity

safety

To be competitive in the industry, we believe we must be able to clearly and conclusively demonstrate to potential customers that our
products provide these improved performance capabilities. We strongly believe that our PCT Sample Preparation System is a novel and
enabling system for genomic, proteomic, and small molecule sample preparation. As such, many users of current manual techniques will
need to be willing to challenge their existing methods of sample preparation and invest time to evaluate a method that could change their
overall workflow in the sample preparation process, prior to adopting our technology.

Further, we are aware that the cost of the PCT Sample Preparation System may be greater than the cost of many of the other methods
currently employed. Consequently we are focusing our sales efforts on those product attributes that we believe will be most important and
appealing to potential customers, namely versatility, reproducibility, quality and safety.

- 11 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Manufacturing and Supply

BIT  Group  USA,  formerly  Source  Scientific,  LLC,  currently  provides  all  of  the  manufacturing  and  assembly  services  for  our
Barocycler  NEP2320  and  Barocycler  NEP3229  instrumentation  products  under  an  informal,  unwritten  understanding.  We  currently
manufacture  and  assemble  the  Barocycler  HUB440,  the  Shredder  SG3,  and  the  MicroTubes  at  our  South  Easton  facility.  We  plan  to
continue to utilize BIT Group USA as our primary assembler and contract manufacturer of our current, and future, Barocycler NEP 2320
and 3229 instruments. Until we develop a broader network of manufacturers and subcontractors, obtaining alternative sources of supply or
manufacturing services could involve significant delays and other costs and challenges, and may not be available to us on reasonable terms,
if  at  all.  The  failure  of  a  supplier  or  contract  manufacturer  to  provide  sufficient  quantities,  acceptable  quality  and  timely  products  at  an
acceptable price, or an interruption of supplies from such a supplier could harm our business and prospects.

Research and Development

Our research and development activities are split into two functional areas: Applications and Engineering.

1. Applications Research and Development: Our highly educated and trained staff has years of experience in molecular and cellular
biology, virology, and proteomics. Our team of scientists focuses on the development of our PCT Sample Preparation System and
further commercialization of PCT-dependent genomic, proteomic, and small molecule sample preparation methods. Dr. Alexander
Lazarev, our vice president of Research & Development, meets regularly with our sales, marketing, and engineering staff to discuss
market needs and trends. Our applications research and development team is responsible for the technical review of all scientific
collaborations, for the support of our marketing and sales departments through the generation of internal data in a number of areas
of market interest, and in the development of commercially-viable PCT-dependent products.

2. Engineering Research and Development: Our engineering research and development team is focused on the design and development
of  new and  improved  instrumentation  and  consumable  products  to  support  the  commercialization  of  PCT.  Our  engineering
department is led by Dr. Edmund Ting, our senior vice president of engineering. The primary focus of our engineering group is to
ensure seamless production processes, perform installations and field service, and work with our application scientists to complete
the development of a high throughput sample processing system for the mass spectrometry market.

Product Pipeline

The following instruments are in our research and development pipeline:

● Barocycler NEP2320 Extreme – we have designed a major upgrade to our number one selling Barocycler unit, the NEP2320. The
NEP2320 Extreme will use a laptop computer (instead of the current microprocessor), will be able to reach 45,000 psi on a routine
basis (compared to 35,000 psi for the NEP2320), will have a larger pressure chamber, better temperature and pressure control, and
better ergonomics (compared to the NEP2320).

● Barocycler FFPE Protein Extraction Instrument System - A PCT-based system  offering  the  enhanced  extraction  of  proteins  from
formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded  (“FFPE”)  samples  using  a  modified  Barocycler  instrument  that  combines  the  advantages of
pressure cycling, high temperature and certain reagents.

● XstreamPCT™ HPLC Digestion Module - For automated, in-line, on-demand PCT-enhanced protein digestion; the first module in

PBI’s PCT-based HPLC platform.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing efforts are centered on using the independent data developed and disseminated by our collaboration partners
to help drive the installed base of our PCT Sample Preparation System. The development of scientific data by our partners and our internal
researchers provides our sales and marketing staff with additional tools that are essential in selling a new technology such as PCT.

Sales

Direct US Sales Force

Our  domestic  sales  force  currently  consists  of  one  full-time  sales  director  and  one  part-time  salesperson.  We  believe  that  hiring
seasoned sales professionals with significant industry experience will allow us to penetrate the market more effectively than with a small,
focused sales force. We may increase the number of sales professionals if our financial resources permit and if we believe that doing so will
accelerate our commercialization efforts.

- 12 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Distributor Network

Currently, we have multiple distribution arrangements covering countries in Europe, Asia and Australia. In June 2008, we entered into
a distribution agreement with Veritas Corporation (“ Veritas”) of Tokyo, Japan pursuant to which we granted Veritas exclusive distribution
rights to all of our products in Japan. This agreement terminated on December 31, 2015. We are currently interviewing new companies who
have  indicated  an  interest  in  distributing  our  products  in  Japan.  In  October  2011,  we  entered  into  a  distribution  agreement  with  IUL
Instruments GmbH (“IUL”) of Germany pursuant to which we granted IUL exclusive distribution rights to all of our products in Germany
and  Switzerland  through  March  31,  2014.  IUL  currently  distributes  PBI  products  through  our  agreement  with  Constant  Systems.  In
November 2011, we entered into a distributor agreement with Oroboros Instruments Corp. (“Oroboros”) of Austria pursuant to which we
granted Oroboros non-exclusive world-wide distribution rights to the PBI Shredder SG3 System and related products through December 31,
2015.  We  are  currently  negotiating  an  extension  to  the  Oroboros  agreement.  In  March  and  July  2012,  we  entered  into  a  distribution
agreement with six companies pursuant to which we granted non-exclusive distribution rights to certain PCT products in six European and
Asian  countries  and Australia  through  December  2013.  Currently  all  six  companies  distribute  PBI  products  through  our  agreement  with
Constant Systems. In October 2012, we entered into a supply agreement with Cole Parmer Corporation pursuant to which we granted Cole
Parmer non-exclusive, worldwide distribution rights to our PBI Shredder SG3 System and related consumables through December 2014.
This supply agreement has now expired. In November 2012, we entered into a distribution agreement with UK-based Constant Systems
(“CS”),  pursuant  to  which  we  granted  Constant  Systems  non-exclusive  distribution  rights  to  certain  of  our  PCT  SPS  product  line  in  12
European  and  Asian  countries.  In  June  2013,  CS  and  PBI  signed  an  expanded  Distribution  Agreement  that  made  PBI  the  exclusive
distributor  of  CS  products  throughout  all  of  the Americas.  Both  of  these  agreements  were  extended  to  May  31,  2017.  We  expect  these
agreements will be extended for a minimum of two additional years.

Marketing and Sales

Our marketing and sales function is led by Dr. Nathan Lawrence, our vice president of Marketing and Sales. Dr. Lawrence oversees
and  directs  marketing  and  sales  activities  such  as  trade  show  attendance  and  sponsorship,  on-line  advertising,  website  maintenance  and
improvement, search engine optimization, creation and dissemination of a PCT newsletter, market research initiatives, the arrangement of
on-location seminars, lectures, and demonstrations of PCT capabilities, and the supervision of our two-person sales force. Dr. Lawrence is
also responsible for the overall coordination of our collaboration programs, from initial set-up, research plan design, and training, service,
and data analysis. Some of these responsibilities are shared with other PBI departments such as Research and Development, but marketing
and sales drives the collaborative process. Dr. Lawrence is also responsible for the continued coordination and support of our foreign and
domestic distribution partners.

In  January  2016,  SCIEX,  a  global  leader  in  life  science  analytical  technologies,  announced  an  exclusive  two-year  co-marketing
agreement with PBI. In their press release, SCIEX stated that the relationship with PBI will uniquely position SCIEX to address a major
challenge in complex sample preparation by marketing a complete solution to increase the depth, breadth, and reproducibility of protein
extraction, digestion, and quantitation in all tissue types, including challenging samples like tumors. Under the agreement, PBI and SCIEX
will  promote  PCT  Sample  Preparation  Systems  such  as  PCT-HD  with  SWATH®  Acquisition-based  next  generation  proteomics,
TripleTOF® Systems, QTRAP® Systems, and Triple Quad Systems. This focus on improved sample preparation, a crucial step performed
in  research  laboratories  worldwide,  will  enable  scientists  to  extract  more  proteins  reproducibly  from  complex  sample  types,  potentially
yielding superior biological insights and discoveries.

In January and May 2012, we entered into co-marketing/selling and research and development agreements with Digilab, a provider of
products for life sciences, analytical chemistry and diagnostic markets, and LEAP Technologies, a provider of automation equipment for
the genomic and proteomic industries. These agreements have recently ended.

Intellectual Property

We  believe  that  protection  of  our  patents  and  other  intellectual  property  is  essential  to  our  business.  Subject  to  the  availability  of
sufficient financial resources, our practice is to file patent applications to protect technology, inventions, and improvements to inventions
that are important to our business development. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, and technological innovations to develop and
maintain our potential competitive position.

To date, we have been granted 14 United States and 10 foreign patents. Our issued patents expire between 2015 and 2027. Our failure
to obtain and maintain adequate patent protection may adversely affect our ability to enter into, or affect the terms of, any arrangement for
the marketing or sale of any of our PCT products. It may also allow our competitors to duplicate our products without our permission and
without compensation.

License Agreements Relating to Pressure Cycling Technology

BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

In  1996,  we  acquired  our  initial  equity  interest  in  BioSeq,  Inc.,  which  at  the  time  was  developing  our  original  pressure  cycling
technology. BioSeq, Inc. acquired its pressure cycling technology from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under a technology transfer and patent
assignment  agreement.  In  1998,  we  purchased  all  of  the  remaining  outstanding  capital  stock  of  BioSeq,  Inc.,  and  at  such  time,  the
technology transfer and patent assignment agreement was amended to require us to pay BioMolecular Assays, Inc., a 5% royalty on our
sales  of  products  or  services  that  incorporate  or  utilize  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology  that  BioSeq,  Inc.  acquired  from
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. We are also required to pay BioMolecular Assays, Inc. 5% of the proceeds from any sale, transfer or license of
all  or  any  portion  of  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology.  These  payment  obligations  terminate  in  2016.  During  the  years  ended
December  31,  2015  and  2014,  we  incurred  approximately  $31,301  and  $31,835,  respectively,  in  royalty  expense  associated  with  our
obligation to BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- 13 - 

 
 
In connection with our acquisition of BioSeq, Inc., we licensed certain limited rights to the original pressure cycling technology back to
BioMolecular Assays,  Inc.  This  license  is  non-exclusive  and  limits  the  use  of  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology  by  BioMolecular
Assays,  Inc.  solely  for  molecular  applications  in  scientific  research  and  development  and  in  scientific  plant  research  and  development.
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. is required to pay us a royalty equal to 20% of any license or other fees and royalties, but not including research
support  and  similar  payments,  it  receives  in  connection  with  any  sale,  assignment,  license  or  other  transfer  of  any  rights  granted  to
BioMolecular Assays,  Inc.  under  the  license.  BioMolecular Assays,  Inc.  must  pay  us  these  royalties  until  the  expiration  in  2016  of  the
patents held by BioSeq, Inc. since 1998. We have not received any royalty payments from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under this license.

Battelle Memorial Institute

In December 2008, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the Battelle Memorial Institute (“Battelle”). The licensed
technology is the subject of a patent application filed by Battelle in 2008 and relates to a method and a system for improving the analysis of
protein  samples,  including  through  an  automated  system  utilizing  pressure  and  a  pre-selected  agent  to  obtain  a  digested  sample  in  a
significantly shorter period of time than current methods, while maintaining the integrity of the sample throughout the preparatory process.
In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum royalty payments for each year that
we retain the rights outlined in the patent license agreement and we are required to have our first commercial sale of the licensed products
within one year following the issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-negotiating the terms of the contract in
2013 the minimum annual royalty was $1,200 and $2,900 for the years ended 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Regulation

Many of our activities are subject to regulation by governmental authorities within the United States and similar bodies outside of the
United  States.  The  regulatory  authorities  may  govern  the  collection,  testing,  manufacturing,  safety,  efficacy,  labeling,  storage,  record
keeping, transportation, approval, advertising, and promotion of our products, as well as the training of our employees.

All of our commercialization efforts to date are focused in the area of genomic, proteomic and small molecule sample preparation. We
do not believe that our current Barocycler products used in sample preparation are considered “medical devices” under the United States
Food,  Drug  and  Cosmetic Act  (the  “FDA Act”)  and  we  do  not  believe  that  we  are  subject  to  the  law’s  general  control  provisions  that
include requirements for registration, listing of devices, quality regulations, labeling and prohibitions against misbranding and adulteration.
We also do not believe that we are subject to regulatory inspection and scrutiny. If, however, we are successful in commercializing PCT in
applications  beyond  our  current  focus  area  of  genomic,  proteomic  and  small  molecule  sample  preparation,  such  as  protein  purification,
pathogen inactivation and immunodiagnostics, our products may be considered “medical devices” under the FDA Act, at which point we
would be subject to the law’s general control provisions and regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “ FDA”) that include
requirements  for  registration  listing  of  devices,  quality  regulations,  labeling,  and  prohibitions  against  misbranding  and  adulteration.  The
process of obtaining approval to market these devices in the other potential applications of PCT would be costly and time consuming and
could prohibit us from pursuing such markets.

We may also become subject to the European Pressure Equipment Directive, which requires certain pressure equipment meet certain
quality and safety standards. We do not believe that we are currently subject to this directive because our Barocycler instruments are below
the threshold documented in the text of the directive. If our interpretation were to be challenged, we could incur significant costs defending
the challenge, and we could face production and selling delays, all of which could harm our business.

We self-certified that our Barocycler instrumentation was electromagnetically compatible, or “CE” compliant, which means that our
Barocycler instruments meet the essential requirements of the relevant European health, safety and environmental protection legislation. In
order to maintain our CE Marking, a requirement to sell equipment in many countries of the European Union, we are obligated to uphold
certain safety and quality standards.

- 14 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employees

At  December  31,  2015,  we  had  eleven  (11)  full-time  employees  and  three  (3)  part-time  employees.  All  employees  enter  into
confidentiality  agreements  intended  to  protect  our  proprietary  information.  We  believe  that  our  relations  with  our  employees  are  good.
None  of  our  employees  are  represented  by  a  labor  union.  Our  performance  depends  on  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified
professional, scientific and technical staff. The level of competition among employers for skilled personnel is high. Subject to our limited
financial  resources,  we  attempt  to  maintain  employee  benefit  plans  to  enhance  employee  morale,  professional  commitment  and  work
productivity and provide an incentive for employees to remain with us.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our
objectives, expectations and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as applicable
to  all  forward-looking  statements  wherever  they  appear  in  this  report.  Our  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  those  discussed
herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include those discussed below, as well as those discussed elsewhere in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We  have  received  an  opinion  from  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  expressing  substantial  doubt  regarding  our

ability to continue as a going concern.

The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited consolidated financial statements for the
fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2015  contains  an  explanatory  paragraph  regarding  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  The  audit
report states that our auditing firm has substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk that we may not have
sufficient cash and liquid assets at December 31, 2015 to cover our operating and capital requirements for the next twelve-month period;
and if sufficient cash cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter, or possibly even discontinue, operations. The accompanying
consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes continued control of expenses and obtaining equity or
debt financing. Although we have successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our
plans to address these matters in the future will be successful.

The  factors  described  above  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  on  favorable  terms,  if  at  all,  and  may
cause investors to have reservations about our long-term prospects, and may adversely affect our relationships with customers. There can be
no assurance that our auditing firm will not issue the same opinion in the future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going concern, our
stockholders may lose their entire investment in us.

Our revenue is dependent upon acceptance of our products by the market. The failure of such acceptance will cause us to curtail or

cease operations.

Our revenue comes from the sale of our products. As a result, we will continue to incur operating losses until such time as sales of our
products reach a mature level and we are able to generate sufficient revenue from the sale of our products to meet our operating expenses.
There can be no assurance that customers will adopt our technology and products, or that businesses and prospective customers will agree
to pay for our products. In the event that we are not able to significantly increase the number of customers that purchase our products, or if
we are unable to charge the necessary prices, our financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

- 15 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business could be adversely affected if we fail to implement and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal

control over financial reporting.

We concluded that as of December 31, 2015, our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting
were not effective. As described in Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have determined that we have limited resources for
adequate personnel to prepare and file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within the required time periods and that material
weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting exist relating to our accounting for complex equity transactions. If we are unable
to implement and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and remediate the material weaknesses in a timely manner, or if we
identify other material weaknesses in the future, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements and public reports could be
impaired,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business  and  financial  condition.  We  identified  a  lack  of  sufficient  segregation  of  duties.
Specifically, this material weakness is such that the design over these areas relies primarily on detective controls and could be strengthened
by adding preventive controls to properly safeguard assets. In addition, investors may lose confidence in our reported information and the
market price of our common stock may decline.

We will need a greater amount of additional capital than we currently expect to need if we experience unforeseen costs or expenses,

unanticipated liabilities or delays in implementing our business plan, developing our products and achieving commercial sales.

We  need  substantial  capital  to  implement  our  sales  distribution  strategy  for  our  current  products  and  to  develop  and  commercialize
future products using our pressure cycling technology products and services in the sample preparation area, as well as for applications in
other areas of life sciences. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including but not limited to:

● the problems, delays, expenses, and complications frequently encountered by early-stage companies;

● market acceptance of our pressure cycling technology products and services for sample preparation;

● the success of our sales and marketing programs; and

● changes in economic, regulatory or competitive conditions in the markets we intend to serve.

To satisfy our potential capital requirements to cover the cost of implementing our sales distribution strategy for our current products
and  services  and  to  develop  and  commercialize  future  products  and  services  using  our  pressure  cycling  technology  relating  to  sample
preparation and other life science applications, we need to raise additional funds in the public or private capital markets. We may seek to
raise any necessary additional funds through the issuance of warrants, equity or debt financings or executing collaborative arrangements
with corporate partners or other sources, which may be dilutive to existing stockholders or otherwise have a material effect on our current
or future business prospects. Additional financing may not be available to us on a timely basis, if at all, or on terms acceptable to us. If
adequate funds are not available or if we fail to obtain acceptable additional financing, we may be required to:

● severely limit  or  cease  our  operations  or  otherwise  reduce  planned  expenditures  and  forego  other  business  opportunities,  which

could harm our business;

● obtain financing with terms that may have the effect of substantially diluting or adversely affecting the holdings or the rights of the

holders of our capital stock; or

● obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some or all

of our technologies or products.

Our actual results and performance, including our ability to raise additional capital, may be adversely affected by current economic

conditions.

Our  actual  results  and  performance  could  be  adversely  affected  by  the  current  economic  conditions  in  the  global  economy,  which
continue to pose a risk to the overall demand for our products from our customers who may elect to defer or cancel purchases of, or decide
not to purchase, our products in response to continuing tightness in the credit markets, negative financial news and general uncertainty in
the  economy.  In  addition,  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing,  on  acceptable  terms,  if  at  all,  may  be  adversely  affected  by  the
uncertainty in the current economic climate.

We have a history of operating losses, anticipate future losses and may never be profitable.

We have experienced significant operating losses in each period since we began investing resources in PCT and CP. These losses have
resulted  principally  from  research  and  development,  sales  and  marketing,  and  general  and  administrative  expenses  associated  with  the
development of our PCT business. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a net loss applicable to common shareholders
of $7,438,492, or ($0.36) per share, as compared with $6,251,726, or ($0.44) per share, of the corresponding period in 2014. We expect to
continue to incur operating losses until sales of our PCT and CP products increase substantially. We cannot be certain when, if ever, we
will become profitable. Even if we were to become profitable, we might not be able to sustain such profitability on a quarterly or annual
basis.

- 16 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our financial results depend on revenues from our pressure cycling technology products and services, and from government grants.

We  currently  rely  on  revenues  from  our  PCT  and  CP  technology  products  and  services  in  the  sample  preparation  area  and  from
revenues derived from grants awarded to us by governmental agencies, such as the National Institutes of Health. We have been unable to
achieve  market  acceptance  of  our  product  offerings  to  the  extent  necessary  to  achieve  significant  revenue.  Competition  for  government
grants is very intense, and we can provide no assurance that we will continue to be awarded grants in the future. If we are unable to increase
revenues from sales of our pressure cycling technology products and services and government grants, our business will fail.

We may be unable to obtain market acceptance of our pressure cycling technology products and services.

Many of our initial sales of our pressure cycling technology products and services have been to our collaborators, following their use of
our products in studies undertaken in sample preparation for genomics, proteomics and small molecules studies. Later sales have been to
key opinion leaders. Our technology requires scientists and researchers to adopt a method of sample extraction that is different than existing
techniques. Our PCT sample preparation system is also more costly than existing techniques. Our ability to obtain market acceptance will
depend, in part, on our ability to demonstrate to our potential customers that the benefits and advantages of our technology outweigh the
increased cost of our technology compared with existing methods of sample extraction. If we are unable to demonstrate the benefits and
advantages of our products and technology as compared with existing technologies, we will not gain market acceptance and our business
will fail.

Our business may be harmed if we encounter problems, delays, expenses, and complications that often affect companies that have not

achieved significant market acceptance.

Our  pressure  cycling  technology  business  continues  to  face  challenges  in  achieving  market  acceptance.  If  we  encounter  problems,

delays, expenses and complications, many of which may be beyond our control or may harm our business or prospects. These include:

● availability of adequate financing;

● unanticipated problems and costs relating to the development, testing, production, marketing, and sale of our products;

● delays and costs associated with our ability to attract and retain key personnel; and

● competition.

The  sales  cycle  of  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products  is  lengthy.  We  have  incurred  and  may  continue  to  incur  significant

expenses and we may not generate any significant revenue related to those products.

Many  of  our  current  and  potential  customers  have  required  between  three  and  six  months  or  more  to  test  and  evaluate  our  pressure
cycling  technology  products.  This  increases  the  possibility  that  a  customer  may  decide  to  cancel  its  order  or  otherwise  change  its  plans,
which  could  reduce  or  eliminate  our  sales  to  that  potential  customer. As  a  result  of  this  lengthy  sales  cycle,  we  have  incurred  and  may
continue to incur significant research and development, selling and marketing, and general and administrative expense related to customers
from whom we have not yet generated any revenue from our products, and from whom we may never generate the anticipated revenue if a
customer is not satisfied with the results of the evaluation of our products or if a customer cancels or changes its plans.

Our business could be harmed if our products contain undetected errors or defects.

We are continuously developing new and improving our existing, pressure cycling technology products in sample preparation and we
expect  to  do  so  in  other  areas  of  life  sciences  depending  upon  the  availability  of  our  resources.  Newly  introduced  products  can  contain
undetected  errors  or  defects.  In  addition,  these  products  may  not  meet  their  performance  specifications  under  all  conditions  or  for  all
applications.  If,  despite  internal  testing  and  testing  by  our  collaborators,  any  of  our  products  contain  errors  or  defects  or  fail  to  meet
customer specifications, then we may be required to enhance or improve those products or technologies. We may not be able to do so on a
timely basis, if at all, and may only be able to do so at considerable expense. In addition, any significant reliability problems could result in
adverse customer reaction, negative publicity or legal claims and could harm our business and prospects.

- 17 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our success may depend on our ability to manage growth effectively.

Our failure to manage growth effectively could harm our business and prospects. Given our limited resources and personnel, growth of
our  business  could  place  significant  strain  on  our  management,  information  technology  systems,  sources  of  manufacturing  capacity  and
other  resources.  To  properly  manage  our  growth,  we  may  need  to  hire  additional  employees  and  identify  new  sources  of  manufacturing
capabilities. Failure to effectively manage our growth could make it difficult to manufacture our products and fill orders, as well as lead to
declines in product quality or increased costs, any of which would adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management.

Our  success  is  substantially  dependent  on  the  continued  service  of  our  senior  management.  We  do  not  have  long-term  employment
agreements with our key employees. The loss of the services of any of our senior management has made, and could make it more difficult
to  successfully  operate  our  business  and  achieve  our  business  goals.  In  addition,  our  failure  to  retain  existing  engineering,  research  and
development  and  sales  personnel  could  harm  our  product  development  capabilities  and  customer  and  employee  relationships,  delay  the
growth of sales of our products and could result in the loss of key information, expertise or know-how.

We may not be able to hire or retain the number of qualified personnel, particularly engineering and sales personnel, required for our

business, which would harm the development and sales of our products and limit our ability to grow.

Competition in our industry for senior management, technical, sales, marketing, finance and other key personnel is intense. If we are
unable to retain our existing personnel, or attract and train additional qualified personnel, either because of competition in our industry for
such  personnel  or  because  of  insufficient  financial  resources,  our  growth  may  be  limited.  Our  success  also  depends  in  particular  on  our
ability  to  identify,  hire,  train  and  retain  qualified  engineering  and  sales  personnel  with  experience  in  design,  development  and  sales  of
laboratory equipment.

Our  reliance  on  a  single  third  party  for  all  of  our  manufacturing,  and  certain  of  our  engineering,  and  other  related  services  could

harm our business.

We currently rely on BIT Group USA (“ BIT Group”), a third party contract manufacturer, to manufacture our PCT instrumentation,
provide  engineering  expertise,  and  manage  the  majority  of  our  sub-contractor  supplier  relationships.  Because  of  our  dependence  on  one
manufacturer,  our  success  will  depend,  in  part,  on  the  ability  of  BIT  Group  to  manufacture  our  products  cost  effectively,  in  sufficient
quantities to meet our customer demand, if and when such demand occurs, and meeting our quality requirements. If BIT Group experiences
manufacturing problems or delays, or if BIT Group decides not to continue to provide us with these services, our business may be harmed.
While we believe other contract manufacturers are available to address our manufacturing and engineering needs, if we find it necessary to
replace BIT Group, there will be a disruption in our business and we would incur additional costs and delays that would harm our business.

Our failure to manage current or future alliances or joint ventures effectively may harm our business.

We  have  entered  into  business  relationships  with  11  distribution  partners  and  one  co-marketing  partner,  and  we  may  enter  into
additional  alliances,  joint  ventures  or  other  business  relationships  to  further  develop,  market  and  sell  our  pressure  cycling  technology
product line. We may not be able to:

● identify appropriate candidates for alliances, joint ventures or other business relationships;

● assure that any candidate for an alliance, joint venture or business relationship will provide us with the support anticipated;

● successfully negotiate an alliance, joint venture or business relationship on terms that are advantageous to us; or

● successfully manage any alliance or joint venture.

Furthermore,  any  alliance,  joint  venture  or  other  business  relationship  may  divert  management  time  and  resources.  Entering  into  a
disadvantageous  alliance,  joint  venture  or  business  relationship,  failing  to  manage  an  alliance,  joint  venture  or  business  relationship
effectively, or failing to comply with any obligations in connection therewith, could harm our business and prospects.

- 18 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may not be successful in growing our international sales.

We  cannot  guarantee  that  we  will  successfully  develop  our  international  sales  channels  to  enable  us  to  generate  significant  revenue
from international sales. We currently have 11 international distribution agreements that cover 22 countries in Europe, Asia and Australia.
We  have  generated  limited  sales  to  date  from  international  sales  and  cannot  guarantee  that  we  will  be  able  to  increase  our  sales. As  we
expand, our international operations may be subject to numerous risks and challenges, including:

● multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including those that regulate high pressure equipment;

● reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

● protectionist laws and business practices that favor local companies;

● political and economic changes and disruptions;

● export and import controls;

● tariff regulations; and

● currency fluctuations.

Our  operating  results  are  subject  to  quarterly  variation.  Our  operating  results  may  fluctuate  significantly  from  period  to  period

depending on a variety of factors, including but not limited to the following:

● our ability  to  increase  our  sales  of  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products  for  sample  preparation  on  a  consistent  quarterly or

annual basis;

● the lengthy sales cycle for our products;

● the product mix of the Barocycler instruments we install in a given period, and whether the installations are completed pursuant to

sales, rental or lease arrangements, and the average selling prices that we are able to command for our products;

● our ability to manage our costs and expenses;

● our ability to continue our research and development activities without incurring unexpected costs and expenses; and

● our ability to comply with state and federal regulations without incurring unexpected costs and expenses.

Our instrumentation operates at high pressures and may therefore become subject to certain regulations in the European Community.

Regulation of high pressure equipment may limit or hinder our development and sale of future instrumentation.

Our Barocycler instruments operate at high pressures. If our Barocycler instruments exceed certain pressure levels, our products may
become subject to the European Pressure Equipment Directive, which requires certain pressure equipment meet certain quality and safety
standards.  We  do  not  believe  that  we  are  subject  to  this  directive  because  our  Barocycler  instruments  are  currently  below  the  threshold
documented  in  the  text  of  the  directive.  If  our  interpretation  were  to  be  challenged,  we  could  incur  significant  costs  defending  the
challenge, and we could face production and selling delays, all of which could harm our business.

We expect that we will be subject to regulation in the United States, such as the Food and Drug Administration, and overseas, if and
when we begin to invest more resources in the development and commercialization of PCT in applications outside of sample preparation
for the research field.

Our current pressure cycling technology products in the area of sample preparation for the research field are not regulated by the FDA.
Certain applications in which we intend to develop and commercialize pressure cycling technology, such as protein purification, pathogen
inactivation and immunodiagnostics, are expected to require regulatory approvals or clearances from regulatory agencies, such as the FDA,
prior to commercialization, when we expand our commercialization activities outside of the research field. We expect that obtaining these
approvals  or  clearances  will  require  a  significant  investment  of  time  and  capital  resources  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  such
investments will receive approvals or clearances that would allow us to commercialize the technology for these applications.

If  we  are  unable  to  protect  our  patents  and  other  proprietary  technology  relating  to  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products,  our

business will be harmed.

Our ability to further develop and successfully commercialize our products will depend, in part, on our ability to enforce our patents,
preserve our trade secrets, and operate without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. We currently have 14 United States and 10
foreign patents. The patents expire between 2015 and 2027.

There can be no assurance that (a) any patent applications filed by us will result in issued patents; (b) patent protection will be secured
for  any  particular  technology;  (c)  any  patents  that  have  been  or  may  be  issued  to  us  will  be  valid  or  enforceable;  (d)  any  patents  will
provide meaningful protection to us; (e) others will not be able to design around our patents; and (f) our patents will provide a competitive
advantage or have commercial value. The failure to obtain adequate patent protection would have a material adverse effect on us and may
adversely affect our ability to enter into, or affect the terms of, any arrangement for the marketing or sale of any product.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- 19 - 

 
 
Our patents may be challenged by others.

We  could  incur  substantial  costs  in  patent  proceedings,  including  interference  proceedings  before  the  United  States  Patent  and
Trademark Office, and comparable proceedings before similar agencies in other countries, in connection with any claims that may arise in
the future. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions about the patentability of our inventions and products, as well as about the
enforceability, validity, or scope of protection afforded by the patents.

If we are unable to maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge, others may develop technology and

products that could prevent the successful commercialization of our products.

We rely on trade secrets and other unpatented proprietary information in our product development activities. To the extent we rely on
trade secrets and unpatented know-how to maintain our competitive technological position, there can be no assurance that others may not
independently develop the same or similar technologies. We seek to protect our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge, in part, through
confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, advisors and contractors. These agreements may not be sufficient to effectively
prevent disclosure of our confidential information and may not provide us with an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure
of  such  information.  If  our  employees,  consultants,  advisors,  or  contractors  develop  inventions  or  processes  independently  that  may  be
applicable to our products, disputes may arise about ownership of proprietary rights to those inventions and processes. Such inventions and
processes will not necessarily become our property, but may remain the property of those persons or their employers. Protracted and costly
litigation  could  be  necessary  to  enforce  and  determine  the  scope  of  our  proprietary  rights.  Failure  to  obtain  or  maintain  trade  secret
protection, for any reason, could harm our business.

If we infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, our business may be harmed.

It  is  possible  that  the  manufacture,  use  or  sale  of  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products  or  services  may  infringe  patent  or  other
intellectual property rights of others. We may be unable to avoid infringement of the patent or other intellectual property rights of others
and may be required to seek a license, defend an infringement action, or challenge the validity of the patents or other intellectual property
rights in court. We may be unable to secure a license on terms and conditions acceptable to us, if at all. Also, we may not prevail in any
patent or other intellectual property rights litigation. Patent or other intellectual property rights litigation is costly and time-consuming, and
there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient resources to bring any possible litigation related to such infringement to a successful
conclusion. If we do not obtain a license under such patents or other intellectual property rights, or if we are found liable for infringement,
or  if  we  are  unsuccessful  in  having  such  patents  declared  invalid,  we  may  be  liable  for  significant  monetary  damages,  may  encounter
significant  delays  in  successfully  commercializing  and  developing  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products,  or  may  be  precluded  from
participating in the manufacture, use, or sale of our pressure cycling technology products or services requiring such licenses.

We may be unable to adequately respond to rapid changes in technology and the development of new industry standards.

The introduction of products and services embodying new technology and the emergence of new industry standards may render our
existing pressure cycling technology products and related services obsolete and unmarketable if we are unable to adapt to change. We may
be unable to allocate the funds necessary to improve our current products or introduce new products to address our customers’ needs and
respond  to  technological  change.  In  the  event  that  other  companies  develop  more  technologically  advanced  products,  our  competitive
position relative to such companies would be harmed.

We may not be able to compete successfully with others that are developing or have developed competitive technologies and products.

A  number  of  companies  have  developed,  or  are  expected  to  develop,  products  that  compete  or  will  compete  with  our  products.  We
compete with companies that have existing technologies for the extraction of nucleic acids, proteins and small molecules from cells and
tissues, including but not limited to methods such as mortar and pestle, sonication, rotor-stator homogenization, French press, bead beating,
freezer milling, enzymatic digestion, and chemical dissolution.

We  are  aware  that  there  are  additional  companies  pursuing  new  technologies  with  similar  goals  to  the  products  developed  or  being
developed by us. Some of the companies with which we now compete, or may compete in the future, have or may have more extensive
research, marketing, and manufacturing capabilities, more experience in genomics and proteomics sample preparation, protein purification,
pathogen inactivation, immunodiagnostics, and DNA sequencing and significantly greater technical, personnel and financial resources than
we do, and may be better positioned to continue to improve their technology to compete in an evolving industry. To compete, we must be
able  to  demonstrate  to  potential  customers  that  our  products  provide  improved  performance  and  capabilities.  Our  failure  to  compete
successfully could harm our business and prospects.

- 20 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We will need to increase the size of our organization, and may experience difficulties in managing growth.

We  are  a  small  company  with  minimal  employees.  We  expect  to  experience  a  period  of  expansion  in  headcount,  facilities,
infrastructure  and  overhead  and  anticipate  that  further  expansion  will  be  required  to  address  potential  growth  and  market  opportunities.
Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain
and integrate new managers. Our future financial performance and its ability to compete effectively will depend, in part, on its ability to
manage any future growth effectively.

Provisions  in  our  articles  of  organization  and  bylaws  may  discourage  or  frustrate  stockholders’  attempts  to  remove  or  replace  our

current management.

Our articles of organization and bylaws contain provisions that may make it more difficult or discourage changes in our management

that our stockholders may consider to be favorable. These provisions include:

● a classified board of directors;

● advance notice for stockholder nominations to the board of directors;

● limitations on the ability of stockholders to remove directors; and

● a provision that allows a majority of the directors to fill vacancies on the board of directors.

These  provisions  could  prevent  or  frustrate  attempts  to  make  changes  in  our  management  that  our  stockholders  consider  to  be

beneficial and could limit the price that our stockholders might receive in the future for shares of our common stock.

The costs of compliance with the reporting obligations of the Exchange Act, and with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002  and  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act,  may  place  a  strain  on  our  limited  resources  and  our
management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns.

As  a  result  of  the  regulatory  requirements  applicable  to  public  companies,  we  incur  legal,  accounting,  and  other  expenses  that  are
significant in relation to the size of our Company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and OTC Markets Group, Inc., have required changes in
corporate governance and financial disclosure practices of public companies, some of which are currently applicable to us and others will or
may become applicable to us in the future. These rules and regulations have increased and will continue to increase our legal and financial
compliance costs and may make some activities more time-consuming. These requirements have placed and will continue to place a strain
on our systems and on our management and financial resources.

Certain of our net deferred tax assets could be substantially limited if we experience an ownership change as defined in the Internal

Revenue Code.

Certain of our net operating losses (“NOLs”) give rise to net deferred tax assets. Our ability to utilize NOLs and to offset our future
taxable income and/or to recover previously paid taxes would be limited if we were to undergo an “ownership change” within the meaning
of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). In general, an “ownership change” occurs whenever the percentage of the stock
of a corporation owned by “5 percent shareholders,” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code, increases by more than 50 percentage
points over the lowest percentage of the stock of such corporation owned by such “5 percent shareholders” at any time over the preceding
three years.

- 21 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An ownership change under Section 382 of the Code would establish an annual limitation on the amount of NOLs we could utilize to
offset our taxable income in any single taxable year to an amount equal to (i) the product of a specified rate, which is published by the U.S.
Treasury,  and  the  aggregate  value  of  our  outstanding  stock  plus;  and  (ii)  the  amount  of  unutilized  limitation  from  prior  years.  The
application of these limitations might prevent full utilization of the deferred tax assets attributable to our NOLs. We may have or will have
experienced an ownership change as defined by Section 382 through the sale of equity and, therefore, we will consider whether the sale of
equity units will result in limitations of our net operating losses under Section 382 when we start to generate taxable income. However,
whether a change in ownership occurs in the future is largely outside of our control, and there can be no assurance that such a change will
not occur.

Risks Related to Share Ownership:

The holders of our Common Stock could suffer substantial dilution due to our corporate financing practices.

The  holders  of  our  common  stock  could  suffer  substantial  dilution  due  to  our  corporate  financing  practices,  which,  in  the  past  few
years,  have  included  private  placements  and  a  registered  direct  offering. As  of  December  31,  2015,  we  have  issued  shares  of  Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, Series D Convertible Preferred
Stock,  Series  E  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  G  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  H  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  H2
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and Series K Convertible Preferred Stock.

As of December 31, 2015, all of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C
Convertible Preferred Stock, and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock. As of December
31, 2015 only shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H Convertible Preferred Stock,
Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and Series K Convertible Preferred Stock were outstanding.
Further, in connection with those private placements and the Series D registered direct offering, we issued warrants to purchase common
stock. In addition, as of December 31, 2015, the Company has issued notes convertible into common stock at prices ranging from $0.28 to
$0.45 per common share. If all of the outstanding shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G Convertible Preferred Stock,
Series  H  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  H2  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  and  Series  K
Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into shares of common stock and all outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of
common stock were exercised and all notes were converted, each as of December 31, 2015, an additional 88,113,929 shares of common
stock would be issued and outstanding. This additional issuance of shares of common stock would cause immediate and substantial dilution
to our existing stockholders and could cause a significant reduction in the market price of our common stock.

Sales  of  a  significant  number  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  the  public  market  or  the  perception  of  such  possible  sales,  could

depress the market price of our common stock.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public markets, which include an offering of our preferred stock or
common stock could depress the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional
equity  or  equity-related  securities.  We  cannot  predict  the  effect  that  future  sales  of  our  common  stock  or  other  equity-related  securities
would have on the market price of our common stock.

Our share price could be volatile and our trading volume may fluctuate substantially.

The price of common stock has been and may in the future continue to be extremely volatile, with the sale price fluctuating from a low
of  $0.13  to  a  high  of  $0.78  since  January  1,  2014.  Many  factors  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  future  price  of  our  shares  of
common stock, including:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

our inability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, whether through the issuance of equity securities or debt;

our failure to successfully implement our business objectives;

compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements;

market acceptance of our products;

technological innovations and new commercial products by our competitors;

changes in government regulations;

general economic conditions and other external factors;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results; and

the degree of trading liquidity in our shares of common stock.

- 22 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A decline in the price of our shares of common stock could affect our ability to raise further working capital and adversely impact our

ability to continue operations.

The relatively low price of our shares of common stock, and a decline in the price of our shares of common stock, could result in a
reduction in the liquidity of our common stock and a reduction in our ability to raise capital. Because a significant portion of our operations
has been and will continue to be financed through the sale of equity securities, a decline in the price of our shares of common stock could
be  especially  detrimental  to  our  liquidity  and  our  operations.  Such  reductions  and  declines  may  force  us  to  reallocate  funds  from  other
planned uses and may have a significant negative effect on our business plans and operations, including our ability to continue our current
operations. If the price for our shares of common stock declines, it may be more difficult to raise additional capital. If we are unable to
raise  sufficient  capital,  and  we  are  unable  to  generate  funds  from  operations  sufficient  to  meet  our  obligations,  we  will  not  have  the
resources to continue our operations.

The market price for our shares of common stock may also be affected by our ability to meet or exceed expectations of analysts or
investors. Any failure to meet these expectations, even if minor, may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our shares of
common stock.

If we issue additional securities in the future, it will likely result in the dilution of our shares of existing stockholders.

Our restated articles of organization, as amended, currently authorize the issuance of up to 65,000,000 shares of common stock and
1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of March 31, 2016, we had 23,209,898 shares of common stock issued and outstanding; 300 units of
Series D issued and outstanding (convertible into 750,000 shares of common stock); 86,750 shares of Series G Convertible Preferred Stock
(convertible into 865,700 shares of common stock); 3,546 shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 3,546,000 shares
of common stock); 10,000 shares of Series H Convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 1,000,000 shares of common stock); 21 shares
of  Series  H2  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (convertible  into  2,100,000  shares  of  common  stock);  11,416  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible
Preferred  Stock  (convertible  into  11,416,000  shares  of  common  stock);  outstanding  options  and  warrants  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of
34,863,199 shares of common stock; and convertible debt convertible into 19,289,286 shares of common stock. From time to time, we also
may  increase  the  number  of  shares  available  for  issuance  in  connection  with  our  equity  compensation  plan,  we  may  adopt  new  equity
compensation  plans,  and  we  may  issue  awards  to  our  employees  and  others  who  provide  services  to  us  outside  the  terms  of  our  equity
compensation plans. Our board of directors may fix and determine the designations, rights, preferences or other variations of each class or
series of preferred stock and may choose to issue some or all of such shares to provide additional financing in the future.

The  issuance  of  any  securities  for  acquisition,  licensing  or  financing  efforts,  upon  conversion  of  any  preferred  stock  or  exercise  of
warrants,  pursuant  to  our  equity  compensation  plans,  or  otherwise  may  result  in  a  reduction  of  the  book  value  and  market  price  of  the
outstanding  shares  of  our  common  stock.  If  we  issue  any  such  additional  securities,  such  issuance  will  cause  a  reduction  in  the
proportionate  ownership  and  voting  power  of  all  current  stockholders.  Further,  such  issuance  may  result  in  a  change  in  control  of  our
Company.

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) sales practice requirements may also limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell

our common stock.

FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds
for  believing  that  the  investment  is  suitable  for  that  customer.  Prior  to  recommending  speculative  low-priced  securities  to  their  non-
institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status,
investment  objectives  and  other  information.  Under  interpretations  of  these  rules,  FINRA  believes  that  there  is  a  high  probability  that
speculative low-priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-
dealers to recommend that their customers buy our common stock, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our common stock and have
an adverse effect on the market for our shares.

- 23 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Common Stock is subject to the “Penny Stock” rules of the SEC and the trading market in our securities is limited, which makes

transactions in our stock cumbersome and may reduce the value of an investment in our stock.

The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  has  adopted  Rule  15g-9  which  establishes  the  definition  of  a  “penny  stock,”  for  the
purposes relevant to us, as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than
$5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require:

● That a broker or dealer approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks; and

● The broker or dealer receives from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the

penny stock to be purchased.

In order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must:

● Obtain financial information and investment experience objectives of the person; and

● Make a  reasonable  determination  that  the  transactions  in  penny  stocks  are  suitable  for  that  person  and  the  person  has  sufficient

knowledge and experience in financial matters to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.

The  broker  or  dealer  must  also  deliver,  prior  to  any  transaction  in  a  penny  stock,  a  disclosure  schedule  prescribed  by  the

Commission relating to the penny stock market, which, in highlight form:

● Sets forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination; and

● That the broker or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction.

Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more

difficult for investors to dispose of our common stock and cause a decline in the market value of our stock.

Disclosure also has to be made about the risks of investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and in secondary trading and about
the commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for the securities and the rights and
remedies available to an investor in cases of fraud in penny stock transactions. Finally, monthly statements have to be sent disclosing recent
price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny stocks.

We have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our common stock and we do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common

stock in the foreseeable future.

Our shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to certain rights, privileges and preferences over our common stock,
including  a  preference  upon  a  liquidation  of  our  Company,  which  will  reduce  amounts  available  for  distribution  to  the  holders  of  our
common stock.

The  holders  of  our  shares  of  Series  D  are  entitled  to  payment,  prior  to  payment  to  the  holders  of  common  stock  in  the  event  of
liquidation of the Company. If we are dissolved, liquidated or wound up at a time when the Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding,
the  holders  of  the  Series  D  Preferred  Stock  will  be  entitled  to  receive  only  an  amount  equal  to  the liquidation preference  (as  it  may  be
adjusted from time to time), plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends, to the extent that we have funds legally available. Any remaining
assets will be distributable to holders of our other equity securities.

Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market.

From time to time, certain of our stockholders may be eligible to sell all or some of their shares of common stock by means of ordinary
brokerage  transactions  in  the  open  market  pursuant  to  Rule  144  promulgated  under  the  Securities Act,  subject  to  certain  limitations.  In
general,  pursuant  to  amended  Rule  144,  non-affiliate  stockholders  may  sell  freely  after  six  months  subject  only  to  the  current  public
information requirement. Affiliates may sell after six months subject to the Rule 144 volume, manner of sale (for equity securities), current
public information and notice requirements. Any substantial sales of our common stock pursuant to Rule 144 may have a material adverse
effect on the market price of our common stock.

We could issue additional common stock, which might dilute the book value of our Common Stock.

Our Board of Directors has authority, without action or vote of our shareholders, to issue all or a part of our authorized but unissued
shares.  Such  stock  issuances  could  be  made  at  a  price  that  reflects  a  discount  or  a  premium  from  the  then-current  trading  price  of  our
common  stock.  In  addition,  in  order  to  raise  capital,  we  may  need  to  issue  securities  that  are  convertible  into  or  exchangeable  for  our
common stock. These issuances would dilute the percentage ownership interest, which would have the effect of reducing your influence on
matters on which our shareholders vote, and might dilute the book value of our common stock. You may incur additional dilution if holders
of stock warrants or options, whether currently outstanding or subsequently granted, exercise their options, or if warrant holders exercise
their warrants to purchase shares of our common stock.

- 24 - 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

Not Applicable.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

Our corporate office is currently located at 14 Norfolk Avenue, South Easton, Massachusetts 02375. We are currently paying $4,800

per month, on a lease extension, signed on December 29, 2015, that expires December 31, 2016, for our corporate office.

On November 1, 2014 we signed a lease for lab space in Medford, MA. We subsequently expanded our space in Medford. The lease

expires December 30, 2017 and requires monthly payments of $5,385 subject to annual cost of living increases.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

We are not currently involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results
of operations. There is no action, suit, or proceeding by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body
pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of our Company or our subsidiary, threatened against or affecting our Company, our
common stock, our subsidiary or of our companies or our subsidiary’s officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse
decision could have a material adverse effect.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

- 25 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II

ITEM  5. MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS,  AND  ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Our common stock is currently traded on the OTCQB tier of the OTC Markets under the trading symbol “PBIO.”

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales price and the high and low bids, as applicable, per share

of common stock, as reported by the OTC Markets from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2015.

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Authorized Capital

Year Ended December 31, 2015
Low
High

0.45    $
0.38    $
0.32    $
0.49    $

Year Ended December 31, 2014
Low
High

0.78    $
0.64    $
0.40    $
0.35    $

0.17 
0.20 
0.20 
0.20 

0.23 
0.32 
0.24 
0.13 

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

As of December 31, 2015, we were authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value, and 1,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, $.01 par value. Of the 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, 20,000 shares were designated as Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, 313,960 shares as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, 279,256 shares as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, 88,098
shares  as  Series  C  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  850  shares  as  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  500  shares  as  Series  E  Convertible
Preferred Stock, 240,000 shares as Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, 10,000 shares as Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, 21 shares
as Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, 6,250 shares as Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and 15,000 shares as Series K Convertible
Preferred Stock.

As of December 31, 2015, there were 23,004,898 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Similarly, at such time, there were
no  shares  of  Series A  Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock;  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock; Series E Convertible Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2015 there were 300 shares of Series D
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  and  convertible  into  750,000  shares  of  common  stock,  86,570  shares  of  Series  G
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  convertible  into  865,700  shares  of  common  stock,  10,000  shares  of  Series  H
Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 1,000,000 shares of common stock, 21 shares of Series H2 Convertible
Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 2,100,000 shares of common stock, 3,546 shares of Series J Convertible Preferred
Stock  issued  and  outstanding  convertible  into  3,546,000  shares  of  common  stock,  and  11,416  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred
Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 11,416,000 shares of common stock.

Approximate Number of Equity Security Holders

As of December 31, 2015, there were approximately 212 stockholders of record. Because shares of our common stock are held by
depositaries,  brokers  and  other  nominees,  the  number  of  beneficial  holders  of  our  shares  is  substantially  larger  than  the  number  of
stockholders of record.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on common stock and do not plan to pay any cash dividends on common stock in

the foreseeable future.

- 26 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2015, dividends issued or to be issued on convertible preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2015 and

2014 are outlined in the table below.

Dividends paid in common stock or cash
For The Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

Dividends payable
For The Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

Series D
Series E
Series G
Series H
Series H2
Series J
Series K

  $

  $

-    $
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
14,894   
14,894    $

-    Series D
-    Series E
58,268    Series G
-    Series H
-    Series H2

24,648    Series J
-    Series K

82,916   

  $

  $

-    $
-   
1,200   
-   
-   
83,926   
170,607   
255,733    $

- 
- 
1,200 
- 
- 
83,926 
163,733 
248,859 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Not Applicable.

- 27 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION.

OVERVIEW

We are focused on solving the challenging problems inherent in biological sample preparation, a crucial laboratory step performed by
scientists worldwide working in biological life sciences research. Sample preparation is a term that refers to a wide range of activities that
precede most forms of scientific analysis. Sample preparation is often complex, time-consuming, and in our belief, one of the most error-
prone steps of scientific research. It is a widely-used laboratory undertaking, the requirements of which drive what we believe is a large and
growing worldwide market. We have developed and patented a novel, enabling technology platform that can control the sample preparation
process. It is based on harnessing the unique properties of high hydrostatic pressure. This process, called pressure cycling technology, or
PCT, uses alternating cycles of hydrostatic pressure between ambient and ultra-high levels (35,000 psi or greater) to safely, conveniently
and reproducibly control the actions of molecules in biological samples, such as cells and tissues from human, animal, plant, and microbial
sources.

Our  pressure  cycling  technology  uses  internally  developed  instrumentation  that  is  capable  of  cycling  pressure  between  ambient  and
ultra-high levels - at controlled temperatures and specific time intervals - to rapidly and repeatedly control the interactions of bio-molecules,
such  as  DNA,  RNA,  proteins,  lipids,  and  small  molecules.  Our  laboratory  instrument,  the  Barocycler®,  and  our  internally  developed
consumables  product  line,  including  PULSE  (Pressure  Used  to  Lyse  Samples  for  Extraction)  Tubes  and  MicroTubes,  other  processing
tubes,  and  application  specific  kits  (which  include  consumable  products  and  reagents)  together  make  up  our  PCT  Sample  Preparation
System, or PCT SPS.

We have experienced negative cash flows from operations with respect to our PCT business since our inception. As of December 31,
2015,  we  did  not  have  adequate  working  capital  resources  to  satisfy  our  current  liabilities.  Based  on  our  current  projections,  including
equity financing subsequent to December 31, 2015, we believe our current and projected cash resources will enable us to extend our cash
for the foreseeable future.

The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our consolidated audited financial statements for the
fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2015  contains  an  explanatory  paragraph  regarding  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  The  audit
report  issued  by  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  for  our  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,
2015 states that there is substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk that we may not have sufficient cash
and liquid assets at December 31, 2015 to cover our operating and capital requirements for the next twelve-month period; and, if sufficient
cash cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter or possibly discontinue operations. The accompanying financial statements do
not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

The  conditions  described  above  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  on  favorable  terms,  if  at  all.  Such
factors may cause investors to have reservations about our long-term prospects and may adversely affect our relationships with customers.
There can be no assurance that our auditing firm will not issue the same opinion in the future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going
concern, our stockholders may lose their entire investment in us.

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes continued control on expenses, streamlining operations,

and obtaining capital through equity and/or debt financing.

We have entered into various fixed rate convertible debentures ($5M PIPE) throughout 2015 for net proceeds of $4,910,000. We also
received approximately $1,400,000 of net proceeds from non-convertible debt lenders of which $600,000 was invested in the $5M PIPE,
$746,000 was paid off in 2015, and $154,000 remained due on December 31, 2015.

Although we have successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to
address these matters in the future will be successful. Additional financing may not be available to us on a timely basis, if at all, or on terms
acceptable to us. In the event we are unable to raise sufficient funds on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to:

● severely limit  or  cease  our  operations  or  otherwise  reduce  planned  expenditures  and  forego  other  business  opportunities,  which
could harm our business. The accompanying financial statements do not include adjustments that may be required in the event of
the disposal of assets or the discontinuation of the business;

● obtain financing with terms that may have the effect of diluting or adversely affecting the holdings or the rights of the holders of our

capital stock; or

● obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some or all

of our technologies or products.

- 28 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We currently focus the majority of our resources in the area of biological sample preparation, referring to a wide range of activities that
precede  scientific  analysis  performed  by  scientists  worldwide  working  in  biological  life  sciences  research.  Within  the  broad  field  of
biological  sample  preparation,  we  focus  the  majority  of  our  product  development  efforts  in  three  specific  areas:  mass  spectrometry,
forensics, and histology.

● Biomarker Discovery  -  Mass  Spectrometry. A  biomarker  is  any  substance  (e.g.,  protein)  that  can  be  used  as  an  indicator  of  the
presence or absence of a particular disease-state or condition, and to measure the progression and effects of therapy. Biomarkers can
help in the diagnosis, prognosis, therapy, prevention, surveillance, control, and cure of diseases and medical conditions. A number
of  laboratory  instruments  are  used  to  help  discover  biomarkers;  a  leader  among  these  is  the  mass  spectrometer.  The mass
spectrometer is one of the laboratory instruments frequently used to help discover biomarkers.

a 

to 

recently 

published  market 

A mass spectrometer is a laboratory instrument used in the analysis of biological samples, frequently for proteins, in life sciences
Research
research.  According 
(www.transparencymarketresearch.com) “Spectrometry  Market  (Atomic,  Molecular  and  Mass  Spectrometry)  -  Global  Scenario,
Trends, Industry Analysis, Size, Share & Forecast 2011 – 2017,” the global spectrometry market was worth $10.2 billion in 2011
and  is  expected to  reach  $15.2  billion  in  2017,  growing  at  a  compounded  annual  growth  rate  of  6.9%  from  2011  to  2017.  In  the
overall  global market,  the  North American  market  is  expected  to  maintain  its  lead  position  in  terms  of  revenue  until  2017  and  is
expected to have approximately 36.2% of the market revenue share in 2017 followed by Europe. We believe PCT offers significant
advantages in  speed  and  quality  compared  with  current  techniques  used  in  the  preparation  of  samples  for  mass  spectrometry
analysis.

Transparency  Market 

report 

by 

● Forensics. The detection of DNA has become a part of the analysis of forensic samples by laboratories and criminal justice agencies
worldwide in their efforts to identify the perpetrators of violent crimes and missing persons. Scientists from the University of North
Texas  and  Florida  International  University  have  reported  improvements  in  DNA  yield  from  forensic  samples  e.g.,  bone  and  hair
using  PCT  in  the  sample  preparation  process.  We  believe  that  that  PCT  may  be  capable  of  differentially  extracting DNA  from
sperm cells and (female) epithelial cells in swabs collected from rape victims and stored in rape kits. We believe  that there are many
completed rape kits that remain untested for reasons such as cost, time, and quality of results. We further  believe that the ability to
differentially  extract  DNA  from  sperm  cells  and  not  epithelial  cells  could  reduce  the  cost  of such  testing,  while  increasing  the
quality, safety, and speed of the testing process.

● Histology. The most commonly used technique worldwide for the preservation of cancer and other tissues for subsequent pathology
evaluation is formalin-fixation followed by paraffin-embedding. We believe that the quality and analysis of FFPE tissues is highly
problematic, and  that  PCT  offers  significant  advantages  over  current  processing  methods,  including  standardization,  speed,
biomolecule recovery, and safety.

We  view  federal  agency  grants  to  be  an  important  part  of  our  business  plan.  These  types  of  grants  allow  us  to  bill  the  federal
agency for work that we are planning to perform as part of the development and commercialization of our technology. We generally start
by submitting initial grant requests that are in response to requests for proposals (“RFPs”) from the federal government through their Small
Business  Innovation  Research  (“SBIR”)  program.  Initial  (“SBIR  Phase  I”)  grants  are  meant  to  fund  approved  research  projects  for  six
months, and generally have budgets of approximately $100,000 to $150,000. Because our work in SBIR Phase I grants has been successful,
we have applied, and may in the future apply for larger National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) SBIR Phase II grants. Such larger grants are
typically for a two-year period and can offer as much as $1,000,000 to support significant research projects in areas we would otherwise
expect to support with internal funds should SBIR Phase II grants not be awarded. To date, we have been awarded four NIH SBIR Phase I
grants and three SBIR Phase II grants. The data on three of the NIH SBIR Phase I grants were the basis for the submission, and subsequent
award, of all three of the NIH SBIR Phase II grants awarded to us: one was in the approximate amount of $850,000 in August 2008, the
second was in the approximate amount of $850,000 in September 2011, and the third award was in the approximate amount of $1,020,000
awarded in November 2014. All three of the NIH SBIR Phase I grants and the August 2008 and September 2011 NIH SBIR Phase II grants
have been completed.

- 29 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  2008  SBIR  Phase  II  grant  (2R44GM079059)  was  awarded  to  us  by  the  NIH  for  work  in  the  area  of  using  PCT  to  extract
protein biomarkers, sub-cellular molecular complexes, and organelles, with the expectation that these studies might ultimately lead to the
release of a new, commercially available PCT-based system, with validated protocols, end-user kits, and other consumables intended for the
extraction  of  clinically  important  protein  biomarkers,  sub-cellular  molecular  complexes,  and  organelles  from  human  and  animal  tissues.
The 2011 SBIR II contract (W81XWH-10-C-0-175) was awarded to us by the US Army for the development of a universal method for the
inactivation,  extraction,  and  enrichment  of  pathogens  in  diagnostic  samples,  including  arthropod  hosts  of  military  importance.  The  work
covered  by  this  grant  was  significant  in  helping  us  develop  the  recently  released  Barozyme  HT48  High  Throughput  System.  The  2014
SBIR Phase II grant (2R44HG007136) was awarded to us by the National Human Genome Research Institute of the National Institutes of
Health  (“NIH”).  Entitled  “High  Pressure  Sample  Preparation  Instrumentation  for  DNA  Sequencing”,  this  grant  will  help  fund  the
development of an automated, high-throughput, high pressure system (instrument and consumables), to enable significantly better control of
DNA fragmentation - a critical step in the preparation of samples for Next Generation Sequencing platforms. This system will be based on
significant technological advancements over the classic hydrodynamic DNA shearing approach that has been successfully and widely used
in the field of DNA sequencing for many years.

We offer extended service contracts on our laboratory instrumentation to all of our customers. These service contracts allow a customer
who purchases a Barocycler instrument to receive on-site scheduled preventative maintenance, on-site repair and replacement of all worn
or defective component parts, and telephone support, all at no incremental cost for the life of the service contract. We offer one-year and
four-year extended service contracts to customers who purchase Barocycler instruments.

On January 28, 2016 in a report focused on the exclusive co-marketing agreement between SCIEX and PBI, Emerging Growth LLC
indicates the combination of the two company’s technologies could result in superior biological insights and discoveries and in rapid and
dramatic revenue growth for PBI.

On February 3, 2016 SCIEX and Children’s Hospital Medical Research Institute (Sydney, Australia) announced they had joined forces
to  advance  the  promise  of  precision  medicine.  The  partners  stated  they  would  benefit  from  SCIEX’s  exclusive  collaborators,  including
Pressure BioSciences, and PBI’s PCT platform for increased protein quantitation and reproducibility.

On March 14, 2016 the Company announced that it would participate in a SCIEX workshop on new innovations towards industrialized

proteomics at the US HUPO scientific conference in Boston.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2015 as compared with December 31, 2014

Revenue

We  had  total  revenue  of  $1,797,691,  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015  as  compared  with  $1,374,744  in  the  prior  year,  a  31%

increase. The increase was due to product sales growth and new government grant supported activities.

Products, Services, and Other. Revenue from the sale of products and services was $1,409,991 in the year ended December 31, 2015
compared  with  $1,350,150  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  a  4.4%  increase.  Revenue  included  sales  of  both  PBI  and  Constant
Systems pressure-based products. Sales of instrumentation increased in 2015 by $36,139 or 5%, from $799,472 for FY 2014 to $835,611 for
FY 2015. Sales of consumables were $146,408 for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $167,380 for the same period in 2014, a
decrease  of  $20,972  or  13%.  Products,  Services,  and  Other  revenue  included  $78,743  from  non-cash  transactions  with  no  non-cash
transactions in 2014. Revenue from non-cash transactions was $78,743 in 2015 recognized on the fair value of the assets involved, per ASC
845.

Grant Revenue.  During  2015,  we  recorded  $387,700  of  grant  revenue  as  compared  with  $24,594  in  2014.  In  December  2014  the
Company was awarded a $1,020,969 SBIR Phase II grant (2R44HG007136) from the National Human Genome Research Institute of the
National Institutes of Health (“NIH”). Entitled “High Pressure Sample Preparation Instrumentation for DNA Sequencing”, this. T grant is
helping  to  fund  the  development  of  an  automated,  high-throughput,  high  pressure  system  (instrument  and  consumables)  to  enable
significantly better control of DNA fragmentation - a critical step in the preparation of samples for Next Generation Sequencing platforms.
This system will be based on significant technological advancements over the classic hydrodynamic DNA shearing approach that has been
successfully and widely used in the field of DNA sequencing for many years.

Cost of Products and Services

The cost of products and services was $609,054 for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared with $652,438 in 2014. Our gross
profit margin on products and services was 66% for FY 2015 vs. 48% for FY 2014. The favorable margin improvement was helped with
the sale of preownedPBI Barocycler instruments that we repurchased, refurbished, and then resold at better than usual gross margins. The
relationship between the cost of products and services and revenue depends greatly on the mix of instruments we sell, the quantity of such
instruments, and the mix of consumable products and instrument accessories that we sell in a given period.

Research and Development

Research and development expenditures were $1,105,295 for 2015 compared to $952,555 in 2014, an increase of $152,740 or 16%.
This increase in FY 2015 R&D expenses resulted primarily from additional research activities funded through our SBIR Phase II grant, with
the aim to develop a new pressure-based system for the extraction of high quality DNA from samples for analysis. We also added much
needed electrical engineering and computer software support to help enhance our entire line of pressure-based instrument systems. In FY
2015,  we  incurred  increased  consulting  expense  due  to  our  on-going  collaborations  with  Key  Opinion  Leaders  in  several  academic
laboratories. Research and development expense also included $50,617 and $30,550 of non-cash, stock-based compensation in 2015 and

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014, respectively.

- 30 -

 
 
 
Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expenses were $745,574 in 2015 compared to $721,229 in 2014, an increase of $24,345, or 3%. This increase
was primarily due to a more aggressive customer outreach program unveiled in 2015. Selling and marketing expense included $32,704 and
$19,792 of non-cash stock based compensation expense in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

General and Administrative

General  and  administrative  costs  were  $2,902,950  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  as  compared  with  $2,386,872  in  2014,  an
increase of $516,078 or 22%. We increased spending on investor relations and patent/trademark activities, as well as in outside consulting
services  and  other  investment  relations  costs  to  augment  our  2015  fund  raising  efforts.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2015  and
2014, general and administrative expense included $125,668 and $50,783 of non-cash, stock-based compensation expense, respectively.

Operating Loss

Our operating loss was $3,565,182 for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared with $3,338,350 for the prior year, an increase
of $226,832 or 7%. This increase in operating loss was due primarily to increases in R&D and G&A expenses, and by the award of director
and employee stock options, off-set to a certain extent by increases in total revenue and product gross margins.

Other income (expense), net

Interest Expense Net interest expense totaled $4,146,416 for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared with interest expense of
$1,303,129  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014.  In  connection  with  full  payments  of  loans,  we  accelerated  amortization  of  deferred
financing costs and imputed interest against the debt discount on short-term loans relating to the prepayment penalties issued with the loans
in 2015.

Other income (expense) net

We  recognized  $36,879  in  expense  during  2015,  compared  to  $169,554  of  expense  from  the  initial  fair  value  calculation  on  the

conversion option on our convertible debt instruments in 2014.

Gain on extinguishment of embedded derivative liabilities

In  connection  with  full  payments  of  convertible  debt,  we  recorded  non-cash  gains  of  $2,555,180  on  short-term loans  relating  to  the

conversion options issued with the loans in 2015.

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded non-cash expense of $2,222,001 from warrant and conversion option liability
revaluation in our consolidated statements of operations due to an increase in the fair value of the derivative warrants and the conversion
option  liabilities  on  our  debt.  This  increase  in  fair  value  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  the  price  per  share  of  our  common  stock.
During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  we  recorded  non-cash  income  of  $198,493  for  warrant  and  conversion  option  liability
revaluation due to a decrease in fair value of the liabilities.

Income Taxes

We did not record an income tax benefit or provision for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.

Net Loss

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a net loss applicable to common stockholders of $7,438,492 or $(0.36) per
share, as compared with $6,251,726 or $(0.44) per share during the year ended December 31, 2014. Although the net loss applicable to
common stockholders increased in 2015 due to the amortization to interest expense, the gains relating to the full payment of the loans offset
the  interest  impact.  See  Note  2  of  the  accompanying  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  under  the  “Computation  of  Loss  per
Share” heading.

- 31 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

As  of  December  31,  2015,  we  did  not  have  adequate  working  capital  resources  to  satisfy  our  current  liabilities.  We  have  been
successful in raising cash through debt and equity offerings in the past; we recently completed subscriptions totaling $4,910,000 of a $5
million PIPE through December 31, 2015. As of March 18, 2016, total closed subscriptions in our $5 million PIPE now equal $6,040,000.
We have efforts in place to continue to raise cash through debt and equity offerings.

We believe our current and projected capital raising plans, and our projected continued increases in revenue, will enable us to extend
our cash resources for the foreseeable future. Although we have successfully completed equity and debt financings and reduced expenses in
the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in the future will be successful.

We  believe  we  will  need  approximately  $5  million  in  additional  capital  to  fund  our  three-pronged  operational  plan,  which  was

designed to help increase revenues and reach profitability, by:

A.

implementing a next-generation upgrade to our product line and offering a superior instrument with greater net margins;

B. gaining additional non-dilutive monies from governmental research and development applications, and/or engineering projects; and

C. hiring a small team of sales and marketing persons to target research facilities and academic institutions, and cultivate our current

customer list of pharmaceutical, military and paramilitary organizations.

However, if we are unable to obtain such funds through sales, the capital markets or other source of financing on acceptable terms, or
at  all,  we  will  likely  be  required  to  cease  our  operations,  pursue  a  plan  to  sell  our  operating  assets,  or  otherwise  modify  our  business
strategy, which could materially harm our future business prospects. These conditions raise substantive doubt about our ability to continue
as a going concern.

Net cash used in operating activities was $3,819,746 for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared with $3,210,578 for the year
ended December 31, 2014. Our accounts payable balance was $941,389 as of December 31, 2015, as compared with to $1,035,781 as of
December 31, 2014, a decrease of $94,392 for 2015. Accounts payable should continue to become more current as we continue to secure
more capital and funds from operations allow for more timely payment of our vendors.

We invested $9,412 in fixed assets during the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared with $7,139 investment in fixed assets in

the prior year.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $3,471,993 as compared with $3,660,248 in the

prior year.

In 2015, we raised approximately:

A $5,558,537 in aggregate net proceeds from sales of convertible debentures. In connection with our still open private placement, we
raised an aggregate of $4,910,000 and issued senior secured convertible debentures that are convertible into 19,289,286 shares of
the Common Stock and also issued warrants to the lenders to purchase an aggregate 8,767,857 shares of the Common Stock, at an
exercise price of $0.40 per share, expiring five years after the issuance date. Of the $4,910,000 invested in the private placement,
$4,310,000  was  received  in  cash  and  $600,000  was  from  the  conversion  of  outstanding  principal  and  interest  on  convertible
promissory notes we issued in 2014.

B Loans in  the  aggregate  amount  of  approximately  $1,257,418  were  received  during  the  year  and we  made  payments  on  new  and

existing debt of $587,949 and converted $396,919 of debt to equity.

Our common stock is listed on the Over-the-Counter QB market under the ticker symbol PBIO.

- 32 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Royalty Commitments

In 1996, we acquired our initial equity interest in BioSeq, Incorporated (“BioSeq”). At the time, BioSeq was developing our original
pressure cycling technology. They acquired its pressure cycling technology from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. (“ BMA”) under a technology
transfer  and  patent  assignment  agreement.  In  1998,  we  purchased  all  of  the  remaining,  outstanding  capital  stock  of  BioSeq;  and,
consequently, the technology transfer and patent assignment agreement was amended to require us to pay BMA a 5% royalty on our sales of
products  or  services  that  incorporate  or  utilize  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology  that  BioSeq  acquired  from  BMA.  Similarly,  the
Company is required to pay BMA 5% of the proceeds from any sale, transfer or license of all or any portion of the original pressure cycling
technology. These payment obligations terminate in 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred approximately
$31,301 and $31,835, respectively, in royalty expense associated with our obligation to BMA.

In  connection  with  our  acquisition  of  BioSeq,  we  licensed  certain  limited  rights  to  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology  back  to
BMA. This license is non-exclusive and limits the use of the original pressure cycling technology by BMA solely for molecular applications
in scientific research and development, and in scientific plant research and development. BMA is required to pay us a royalty equal to 20%
of any license or other fees and royalties, but not including research support and similar payments, it receives in connection with any sale,
assignment, license or other transfer of any rights granted to BMA under the license. BMA must pay us these royalties until the expiration
of the patents held by BioSeq in 1998, which we anticipate will be 2016. We have not received any royalty payments from BMA under this
license.

Battelle Memorial Institute

In December 2008, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the Battelle Memorial Institute (“Battelle”). The licensed
technology is described in the patent application filed by Battelle on July 31, 2008 (US serial number 12/183,219). This application includes
subject  matter  related  to  a  method  and  a  system  for  improving  the  analysis  of  protein  samples  including,  through  an  automated  system,
utilizing pressure and a pre-selected agent to obtain a digested sample in a significantly shorter period of time than current methods, while
maintaining the integrity of the sample throughout the preparatory process. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we paid Battelle a non-
refundable initial fee of $35,000. In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum
royalty  payments  for  each  year  we  retain  the  rights  outlined  in  the  patent  license  agreement;  and,  we  are  required  to  have  our  first
commercial sale of the licensed products within one year following the issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-
negotiating  the  terms  of  the  contract  in  2013  the  minimum  annual  royalty  was  $1,200  and  $2,900  for  the  years  ended  2015  and  2014,
respectively.

Target Discovery Inc.

In  March  2010,  we  signed  a  strategic  product  licensing,  manufacturing,  co-marketing,  and  collaborative  research  and  development
agreement with Target Discovery Inc. (“TDI”). Under the terms of the agreement, we have been licensed by TDI to manufacture and sell a
highly  innovative  line  of  chemicals  used  in  the  preparation  of  tissues  for  scientific  analysis  (“TDI  reagents”).  The  TDI  reagents  were
designed for use in combination with our pressure cycling technology. The respective companies believe that the combination of PCT and
the  TDI  reagents  can  fill  an  existing  need  in  life  science  research  for  an  automated  method  for  rapid  extraction  and  recovery  of  intact,
functional proteins associated with cell membranes in tissue samples. We did not incur any royalty obligation under this agreement in 2015
or 2014.

Severance and Change of Control Agreements

Mr.  Schumacher  and  Drs.  Ting,  Lazarev  and  Lawrence,  all  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  are  entitled  to  receive  a  severance
payment  if  terminated  by  us  without  cause.  The  severance  benefits  would  include  a  payment  in  an  amount  equal  to  one  year  of  such
executive  officer’s  annualized  base  salary  compensation  plus  accrued  paid  time  off. Additionally,  the  officer  will  be  entitled  to  receive
medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Each of these executive officers, other than Mr. Schumacher, is entitled to receive a change of control payment in an amount equal to
one year of such executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental coverage, in the
event of a change of control of the Company. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, this payment would be equal to two years of annualized base
salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage. The severance payment is meant to induce the
executive  to  become  an  employee  of  the  Company  and  to  remain  in  the  employ  of  the  Company,  in  general;  and  particularly  in  the
occurrence of a change in control, as a disincentive to the control change.

- 33 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lease Commitments

We lease building space under non-cancelable leases in South Easton, MA and lab space in Medford, MA. Rental costs are expensed
as incurred. During 2015 and 2014 we incurred $105,169 and $98,600, respectively, in rent expense for the use of our corporate office and
research and development facilities

Following  is  a  schedule  by  years  of  future  minimum  rental  payments  required  under  operating  leases  with  initial  or  remaining  non-

cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2015:

2016
Thereafter

 $ 122,220 
64,620 
  $ 186,840 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary PBI BioSeq,

Inc. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

To prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America,  we  are  required  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses
during the reporting period. In addition, significant estimates were made in projecting future cash flows to quantify impairment of assets,
deferred tax assets, the costs associated with fulfilling our warranty obligations for the instruments that we sell, and the estimates employed
in our calculation of fair value of stock options awarded. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions
that  we  believe  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances,  the  results  of  which  form  the  basis  for  making  judgments  about  the  carrying
values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other  sources.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  the  estimates  and
assumptions used.

Revenue Recognition

We  recognize  revenue  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  605,  Revenue  Recognition.  Revenue  is  recognized  when  realized  or  when
realizable and earned when all the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; goods were shipped,
delivery of service has occurred and risk of loss has passed to the customer; the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
collectability is reasonably assured.

Our current instruments, the Barocycler NEP3229 and NEP2320, require a basic level of instrumentation expertise to set-up for initial
operation. To support a favorable first experience for our customers, weupon customer request, and for an additional fee, will send a highly
trained technical representative to the customer site to install Barocyclers that we sell, lease, or rent through our domestic sales force. The
installation  process  includes  uncrating  and  setting  up  the  instrument,  followed  by  introductory  user  training.  Product  revenue  related  to
current  Barocycler  instrumentation  is  recognized  upon  shipment  of  the  unit,  or  in  the  case  where  the  customer  requests  installation  and
training, the completion of the installation and introductory training process of the instrumentation at the customer location, for domestic
and foreign installations. Product revenue related to sales of PCT instrumentation to our foreign distributors is recognized upon shipment
through  a  common  carrier.  We  provide  for  the  expected  costs  of  warranty  upon  the  recognition  of  revenue  for  the  sales  of  our
instrumentation. Our sales arrangements do not provide our customers with a right of return. Product revenue related to our consumable
products such as PULSE Tubes, MicroTubes, and application specific kits is recorded upon shipment through a common carrier. Shipping
costs are included in sales and marketing expense. Any shipping costs billed to customers are recognized as revenue.

The Company applies ASC 845, “Accounting for Non-Monetary Transactions”, to account for products and services sold through non-
cash transactions based on the fair values of the products and services involved, where such values can be determined. Non-cash exchanges
would require revenue to be recognized at recorded cost or carrying value of the assets or services sold if any of the following conditions
apply:

a) The fair value of the asset or service involved is not determinable.

b) The transaction is an exchange of a product or property held for sale in the ordinary course of business for a product or property to

be sold in the same line of business to facilitate sales to customers other than the parties to the exchange.

c) The transaction lacks commercial substance.

The Company currently records revenue for its non-cash transactions at recorded cost or carrying value of the assets or services sold.

- 34 - 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In accordance with FASB ASC 840,  Leases, we account for our lease agreements under the operating method. We record revenue over
the life of the lease term and we record depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the thirty-six month estimated useful life of the
Barocycler instrument. The depreciation expense associated with assets under lease agreement is included in the “Cost of PCT products and
services” line item in our accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Many of our lease and rental agreements allow the lessee to
purchase the instrument at any point during the term of the agreement with partial or full credit for payments previously made. We pay all
maintenance costs associated with the instrument during the term of the leases.

Revenue  from  government  grants  is  recorded  when  expenses  are  incurred  under  the  grant  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  grant

award.

Deferred revenue represents amounts received from grants and the Company’s service contracts for which the related revenues have
not been recognized because one or more of the revenue recognition criteria have not been met. Revenue from service contracts is recorded
ratably over the length of the contract.

Our  transactions  sometimes  involve  multiple  elements  i.e.,  products  and  services.  Revenue  under  multiple  element  arrangements  is
recognized in accordance with FASB ASC 605-25 Multiple-Element Arrangements (“ASC 605”). When vendor specific objective evidence
or third party evidence of selling price for deliverables in an arrangement cannot be determined, the Company develops a best estimate of
the selling price to separate deliverables, and allocates arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. Additionally, this
guidance  eliminates  the  residual  method  of  allocation.  If  an  arrangement  includes  undelivered  elements  that  are  not  essential  to  the
functionality  of  the  delivered  elements,  we  defer  the  fair  value  of  the  undelivered  elements  with  the  residual  revenue  allocated  to  the
delivered  elements.  Fair  value  is  determined  based  upon  the  price  charged  when  the  element  is  sold  separately.  If  there  is  not  sufficient
evidence  of  the  fair  value  of  the  undelivered  elements,  no  revenue  is  allocated  to  the  delivered  elements  and  the  total  consideration
received is deferred until delivery of those elements for which objective and reliable evidence of the fair value is not available. We provide
certain customers with extended service contracts with revenue recognized ratably over the life of the contract.

Intangible Assets

We have classified as intangible assets, costs associated with the fair value of certain assets of businesses acquired. Intangible assets
relate to the remaining value of acquired patents associated with PCT. The cost of these acquired patents is amortized on a straight-line
basis over sixteen years. We annually review our intangible assets for impairment. When impairment is indicated, any excess of carrying
value over fair value is recorded as a loss. An impairment analysis of intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 concluded they were not
impaired.

Long-Lived Assets and Deferred Costs

In  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  360-10-05,  Property,  Plant,  and  Equipment ,  if  indicators  of  impairment  exist,  we  assess  the
recoverability  of  the  affected  long-lived  assets  by  determining  whether  the  carrying  value  of  such  assets  can  be  recovered  through  the
undiscounted  future  operating  cash  flows  related  to  the  long-lived  assets.  If  impairment  is  indicated,  we  measure  the  amount  of  such
impairment  by  comparing  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  to  the  fair  value  of  the  asset  and  record  the  impairment  as  a  reduction  in  the
carrying value of the related asset and a charge  to  operating  results.  While  our  current  and  historical  operating  losses  and  cash  flow  are
indicators of impairment, we performed an impairment analysis at December 31, 2015 and determined that our long-lived assets were not
impaired.

Warrant Derivative Liability

The warrants issued in connection with the registered direct offering of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series D Warrants”)
and issued with the $5 million PIPE convertible debentures (the “Debenture Warrants”) are measured at fair value and liability-classified
because the Series D Warrants Debenture Warrants contained “down-round protection” and therefore, did not meet the scope exception for
treatment as a derivative under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. Since “down-round protection” is not an input into the calculation of
the fair value of the warrants, the warrants cannot be considered indexed to the Company’s own stock which is a requirement for the scope
exception as outlined under ASC 815. The estimated fair value of the warrants was determined using the binomial model, resulting in an
allocation of the gross proceeds of $283,725 to the warrants issued in the Series D registered direct offering.

In  connection  with  the  sales  of  convertible  debentures  in  2015,  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  warrants  was  determined  using  the
binomial model, resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds of $1,933,375 to the warrants issued with convertible debentures. The fair
value will be affected by changes in inputs to that model including our stock price, expected stock price volatility, the contractual term, and
the risk-free interest rate. We will continue to classify the fair value of the warrants as a liability until the warrants are exercised, expire or
are amended in a way that would no longer require these warrants to be classified as a liability, whichever comes first.

The down-round protection for the Debenture Warrants and Series D Warrants survives for the life of the Warrants, which end starting

in May 2017.

- 35 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Conversion Option Liability

The Company has signed convertible notes and has determined that conversion options are embedded in the notes and it is required to
bifurcate the conversion option from the host contract under ASC 815 and account for the derivatives at fair value. The estimated fair value
of the conversion options was determined using the binomial model. The fair value of the conversion options will be classified as a liability
until the debt is converted by the note holders or paid back by the Company. The fair value will be affected by changes in inputs to that
model including our stock price, expected stock price volatility, the contractual term, and the risk-free interest rate. We will continue to
classify the fair value of the conversion options as a liability until the conversion options are exercised, expire or are amended in a way that
would  no  longer  require  these  conversion  options  to  be  classified  as  a  liability,  whichever  comes  first.  The  Company  has  adopted  a
sequencing policy that reclassifies contracts (from equity to liabilities) with the most recent inception date first. Thus any available shares
are allocated first to contracts with the most recent inception dates.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain allowances for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. Judgments are
used  in  determining  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  and  are  based  on  a  combination  of  factors.  Such  factors  include  historical
collection experience, credit policy and specific customer collection issues. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s
inability to meet its financial obligations to us (e.g., due to a bankruptcy filing), we record a specific reserve for bad debts against amounts
due to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we reasonably believe will be collected. We perform ongoing credit evaluations
of our customers and continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers. While actual bad debts have historically been
within our expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same bad debt rates
that  we  have  in  the  past.  A  significant  change  in  the  liquidity  or  financial  position  of  any  of  our  customers  could  result  in  the
uncollectability of the related accounts receivable and could adversely impact our operating cash flows in that period.

Inventories

We  value  our  inventories  at  lower  of  cost  or  market.  Cost  is  determined  by  the  first-in,  first-out  (FIFO)  method,  including  material,
labor and factory overhead. In assessing the ultimate realization of inventories, management judgment is required to determine the reserve
for  obsolete  or  excess  inventory.  Inventory  on  hand  may  exceed  future  demand  either  because  the  product  is  obsolete,  or  because  the
amount  on  hand  is  more  than  can  be  used  to  meet  future  needs.  We  provide  for  the  total  value  of  inventories  that  we  determine  to  be
obsolete or excess based on criteria such as customer demand and changing technologies. We historically have not experienced significant
inaccuracies in computing our reserves for obsolete or excess inventory.

Equity Transactions

We evaluate the proper classification of our equity instruments that embody an unconditional obligation requiring the issuer to redeem
it by transferring assets at a determinable date or that contain certain conditional obligations, typically classified as equity, be classified as a
liability. We record financing costs associated with our capital raising efforts in our statements of operations. These include amortization of
debt  issue  costs  such  as  cash,  warrants  and  other  securities  issued  to  finders  and  placement  agents,  and  amortization  of  preferred  stock
discount  created  by  in-the-money  conversion  features  on  convertible  debt  and  allocates  the  proceeds  amongst  the  securities  based  on
relative fair values or based upon the residual method. We based our estimates and assumptions on the best information available at the
time  of  valuation;  however,  changes  in  these  estimates  and  assumptions  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the  valuation  of  the  underlying
instruments.

Stock-Based Compensation

We  account  for  employee  and  non-employee  director  stock-based  compensation  using  the  fair  value  method  of  accounting.
Compensation cost arising from stock options to employees and non-employee directors is recognized using the straight-line method over
the vesting period, which represents the requisite service or performance period. The calculation of stock-based compensation requires us
to estimate several factors, most notably the term, volatility and forfeitures. We estimate the option term using historical terms and estimate
volatility  based  on  historical  volatility  of  our  common  stock  over  the  option’s  expected  term.  Expected  forfeitures  based  on  historical
forfeitures  are  used  in  calculating  the  expense  related  to  stock-based  compensation  associated  with  stock  awards.  Our  estimates  and
assumptions  are  based  on  the  best  information  available  at  the  time  of  valuation;  however,  changes  in  these  estimates  and  assumptions
could have a material effect on the valuation of the underlying instruments.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Not Applicable

- 36 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and Subsidiary
South Easton, Massachusetts

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.  and  Subsidiary  (collectively,  the  “Company”)  as  of
December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash
flows  for  the  year  then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over
financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal
control  over  financial  reporting. Accordingly,  we  express  no  such  opinion. An  audit  also  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then
ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in
Note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  has  a  working  capital  deficit  and  has  incurred  recurring  net  losses  and
negative  cash  flows  from  operations.  These  conditions  raise  substantial  doubt  about  its  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.
Management’s  plans  regarding  those  matters  also  are  described  in  Note  2.  The  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  that
might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ MaloneBailey LLP

Houston, Texas
April 5, 2016

- 37 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and Subsidiary:

We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014,
and  the  related  consolidated  statement  of  operations,  changes  in  stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended.  These
financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  financial
statements based on our audit.

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over
financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal
control  over  financial  reporting. Accordingly,  we  express  no  such  opinion. An  audit  also  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then
ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in
Note  2  to  the  financial  statements,  the  Company  has  had  recurring  net  losses  and  continues  to  experience  negative  cash  flows  from
operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding those
matters also are described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this
uncertainty.

/s/ MARCUM LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 31, 2015

- 38 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

December 31, 2015  

  December 31, 2014  

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable
Inventories, net of $50,000 reserve at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014
Prepaid income taxes
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Investment in available-for-sale equity securities
Property and equipment, net
TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation
Accrued professional fees and other
Deferred revenue
Convertible debt, net of unamortized discounts of $0 and $328,681, respectively
Other debt, net of unamortized discounts of $3,041 and $0, respectively
Warrant derivative liabilities
Conversion option derivative liabilities

  $

  $

  $

Total current liabilities
LONG TERM LIABILITIES
Convertible debt, net of unamortized discounts of $5,223,658 and $0, respectively
Deferred revenue
TOTAL LIABILITIES
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 7)
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 850 shares authorized; 300
shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
(Liquidation value of $300,000)
Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 240,000 shares authorized;
86,570 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively  
Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 10,000 shares authorized;
10,000 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively  
Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 21 shares authorized; 21
shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 6,250 shares authorized; 3,546
shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 15,000 shares authorized;
11,416 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively  
Common stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 23,004,898 and
18,673,390 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2015 and 2014,
respectively
Warrants to acquire common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ deficit

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

  $

116,783    $
113,256    
1,038,371    
7,381   
213,926    
1,489,717   
294,522   
20,149   
1,804,388    $

941,389    $
176,009   
821,088    
140,878   
100,000    
151,628    
3,295,976   
3,940,791   
9,567,759    

177,342    
36,935   
9,782,036    

3   

866   

100   

-   

36   

114   

473,948 
272,022 
850,552 
7,381 
104,204 
1,708,107 
- 
36,025 
1,744,132 

1,035,781 
157,347 
719,432 
27,117 
1,004,513 
80,480 
159,875 
590,341 
3,774,886 

- 
28,977 
3,803,863 

3 

866 

100 

- 

36 

114 

230,050   
5,416,681   
26,036,733   
(105,025)  
(39,557,206)  
(7,977,648)  
1,804,388    $

186,734 
5,253,566 
24,617,564 
- 
(32,118,714)
(2,059,731)
1,744,132 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

- 39 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

Revenue:
Products, services, other
Grant revenue

Total revenue

Costs and expenses:
Cost of products and services
Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative

Total operating costs and expenses

Operating loss

Other (expense) income:
Interest expense
Other expense
Gain on extinguishment of embedded derivative liabilities
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

Total other (expense) income

Net loss
Accrued dividends on convertible preferred stock
Deemed dividends on convertible preferred stock

Net loss applicable to common shareholders

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2015

2014

  $

1,409,991    $
387,700   
1,797,691   

1,350,150 
24,594 
1,374,744 

609,054   
1,105,295   
745,574   
2,902,950   
5,362,873   

652,438 
952,555 
721,229 
2,386,872 
4,713,094 

(3,565,182)  

(3,338,350)

(4,146,416)  
(36,879)  
2,555,180   
(2,222,001)  
(3,850,116)  

(7,415,298)  
(23,194)  
-   

(1,303,129)
(169,554)
- 
198,493 
(1,274,190)

(4,612,540)
(143,771)
(1,495,415)

  $

  $

(7,438,492)   $

(6,251,726)

(0.36)   $

(0.44)

Weighted average common stock shares outstanding used in the basic and diluted net loss per
share calculation

20,726,205   

14,264,753 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

- 40 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

Comprehensive Loss

Net loss

Other comprehensive loss
Unrealized loss on marketable securities

Comprehensive loss

- 41 - 

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2015

2014

  $

(7,415,298)   $

(4,612,540)

(105,025)  

- 

  $

(7,520,323)   $

(4,612,540)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

Series D

Preferred Stock    

Series G 
Preferred Stock

Series J 
Preferred Stock  
  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  
51 
- 

1,453      10,000     
-     

3      145,320     
-     
-     

-      5,088     
-     
-     

Preferred Stock    

Preferred Stock    

300     
-     

100     
-     

Series H(2)

-     
-     

Series H 

-     

BALANCE, December 31, 2013
Stock-based compensation
Conversion of Series G convertible
preferred stock
Conversion of Series J convertible
preferred stock
Conversion of Series K convertible
preferred stock
Issuance of Series K convertible preferred
stock
Issuance of common stock for services
Exercise of warrants
Warrant exercise - reset
Offering costs for issuance of preferred
stock
Issuance of warrants
Issuance of warrants for services
Issuance of stock in lieu of cash for Board
of Director fees
Deemed dividend associated with
beneficial conversion of preferred stock
Conversion of debt for commons stock
Conversion of preferred stock to common
stock
Conversion of common stock to Series H2
preferred stock
Dividends earned
Warrants issued with debt
Write off of Series D warrant liability
Write off of conversion option
Issuance of common stock for dividends
paid in kind
Net loss

BALANCE, December 31, 2014
Stock-based compensation
Issuance of common stock for services
Warrant exercise - reset
Issuance of warrants
Issuance of warrants for services
Conversion of debt for commons stock
Dividends earned
Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax    
Net loss

BALANCE, December 31, 2015

-     

-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
300     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
300     

-      (58,750)    

(587)    

-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
3      86,570     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     
866      10,000     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

- 

-     

-     

-      (1,542)    

(15)

-     

-     

-     
-     

-     
-     

-     

-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     
-     

-     
-     

-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
100     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

21     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
21     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
21     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-      3,546     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-      3,546     

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
36 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
36 

-     
-     
3      86,570     

-     

-     
866      10,000     

-     
100     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

- 42 - 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

Series K Preferred
Stock
  Shares     Amount   

Common Stock

Additional
Paid-In
Stock 
    Amount     Warrants     Capital

Shares

Accumulated
other

comprehensive     Accumulated    

loss

Deficit

Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity

BALANCE, December
31, 2013

    4,000    $

40      12,024,267    $120,243    $4,267,402    $19,509,921    $

-     $(25,866,988)   $ (1,967,775)

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

101,125     

-     

101,125 

Stock-based
compensation
Conversion of Series
G convertible
preferred stock
Conversion of Series
J convertible preferred
stock
Conversion of Series
K convertible
preferred stock
Issuance of Series K
convertible preferred
stock
Issuance of common
stock for services
Exercise of warrants
Warrant exercise -
reset
Offering costs for
issuance of preferred
stock

Stock exchange with
Everest Investments

Issuance of warrants
for services
Issuance of stock in
lieu of cash for Board
of Director fees
Deemed dividend
associated with
beneficial conversion
of preferred stock
Conversion of debt
for commons stock
Conversion of
preferred stock to
common stock
Conversion of
common stock to
Series H2 preferred
stock

Dividends earned
Warrants issued with
debt
Write off of Series D
warrant liability
Write off of
conversion option
Issuance of common
stock for dividends
paid in kind
Net loss

BALANCE, December
31, 2014

-     

-     

587,500     

5,875     

-     

(5,288)    

-     

-      1,541,000      15,410     

-     

(15,395)    

    (1,099)    

    8,176     

(11)     1,099,000      10,990     

-     

(10,980)    

82     

-     

-     

654,845      1,592,432     

-     

-     

588,830     
596,658     

5,888     
5,967     

-     
-     

208,304     
143,198     

-     

-      3,612,000      36,120     

163,654     

662,745     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

(8,000)    

-     

49,599     

-     

93,488     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

- 

- 

- 

-     

2,247,359 

-     
-     

214,192 
149,165 

-     

862,519 

-     

-     

-     

(8,000)

49,599 

93,488 

339     

3     

-     

-     

24,578     

60,169     

-     

84,750 

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-      1,495,415     

(1,495,415)    

- 

-     

510,000     

5,100     

-     

131,400     

-     

136,500 

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

- 

-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
-     

-      (2,100,000)     (21,000)    
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

21,000     
-     

-     

-     

330,405     

-     

320,338     

-     
(143,771)    

- 
(143,771)

-     

- 

-     

330,405 

-     

320,338 

-     
-     

214,135     
-     

2,141     
-     

-     
-     

80,774     
-     

-     
(4,612,540)    

82,916 
(4,612,540)

    11,416     

114      18,673,390      186,734      5,253,566      24,617,564     

-      (32,118,714)    

(2,059,731)

Stock-based
compensation
Issuance of common
stock for services
Warrant revaluation    
Stock exchange with
Everest Investments
Issuance of warrants
for services

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

208,989     

-      1,755,091      17,551     
-     
-     

-     

-     
69,627     

439,479     
-     

-      1,000,000      10,000     

-     

389,547     

-     

-     

-     

93,488     

-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

208,989 

-     
-     

457,030 
69,627 

-     

399,547 

-     

93,488 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
   
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
   
   
   
Conversion of debt
and interest for
commons stock
Dividends earned
Unrealized loss on
investments, net of tax   
Net loss

-     
-     

-      1,576,417      15,765     
-     
-     

-     

-     
-     

381,154     
-     

-     
-     

-     
(23,194)    

396,919 
(23,194)

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

(105,025)    
-     

(7,415,298)    

(105,025)
(7,415,298)

BALANCE, December
31, 2015

    11,416    $

114      23,004,898    $230,050    $5,416,681    $26,036,733    $

(105,025)   $(39,557,206)   $ (7,977,648)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

- 43 - 

   
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Accretion of interest and amortization of debt discount
Stock-based compensation expense
Warrant expense
Amortization of third party fees paid in common stock
Amortization of board of director fees paid in preferred stock
Gain on extinguishment of embedded derivative liabilities
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation
Deferred revenue and other accrued expenses

Net cash used in operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property plant and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net proceeds from related party debt
Payment of related party debt
Net proceeds from convertible debt
Payments on convertible debt
Net proceeds from non-convertible debt
Payments on non-convertible debt
Payment of accrued prepayment penalty
Net proceeds from the exercise of common stock warrants
Net proceeds from warrant reset transaction
Net proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock
Net cash provided by financing activities

NET DECREASE IN CASH
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
CASH AT END OF PERIOD

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Interest paid in cash
Income taxes paid in cash
NON CASH TRANSACTIONS:
Shares issued for conversion of debt and interest
Common stock issued for preferred dividends
Convertible debt exchanged for convertible preferred stock
Incremental value from warrant modifications
Fair value of common stock issued for services
Issuance of convertible preferred stock for board fees
Beneficial conversion feature on convertible preferred stock
Dividends earned on convertible preferred stock
Accrued dividends on preferred stock
Issuance of common stock for investment in available-for-sale equity securities
Unrealized loss from available-for-sale equity securities
Debt discount from derivative liability
Extension fees added to principal
Prepayment penalty and accrued interest enrolled into debt principal

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2015

2014

  $

(7,415,298)   $

(4,612,540)

25,288   
2,989,765   
208,989   
163,115   
457,030   
—   
(2,555,180)  
2,222,001   

158,766   
(187,820)  
(15,722)  
(94,392)  
18,662   
205,050   
(3,819,746)  

65,714 
1,310,351 
101,125 
— 
307,013 
84,750 
— 
(198,493)

(124,387)
(113,876)
(18,631)
(66,991)
8,014 
47,373 
(3,210,578)

(9,412)  
(9,412)  

(7,139)
(7,139)

6,300   
(12,300)  
5,558,537   
(2,653,990)  
1,257,418   
(587,949)  
(96,023)  
—   
—   
—   
3,471,993   

(357,165)  
473,948   
116,783    $

  $

  $

1,072,900    $

—   

396,919   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
23,194   
399,547   
105,025   
6,819,730   
84,000   
48,950   

— 
(6,394)
1,126,744 
(303,100)
302,252 
(410,297)
— 
149,165 
862,518 
1,939,360 
3,660,248 

442,531 
31,417 
473,948 

14,832 
— 

136,500 
82,916 
300,000 
163,654 
214,192 
84,750 
1,495,415 
143,771 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- 44 - 

 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Business Overview

Pressure Biosciences, Inc. (“we”, “our”, “the Company”) is focused on solving the challenging problems inherent in biological sample
preparation, a crucial laboratory step performed by scientists worldwide working in biological life sciences research. Sample preparation is
a term that refers to a wide range of activities that precede most forms of scientific analysis. Sample preparation is often complex, time-
consuming,  and  in  our  belief,  one  of  the  most  error-prone  steps  of  scientific  research.  It  is  a  widely-used  laboratory  undertaking,  the
requirements of which drive what we believe is a large and growing worldwide market. We have developed and patented a novel, enabling
technology  platform  that  can  control  the  sample  preparation  process.  It  is  based  on  harnessing  the  unique  properties  of  high  hydrostatic
pressure.  This  process,  called  pressure  cycling  technology,  or  PCT,  uses  alternating  cycles  of  hydrostatic  pressure  between  ambient  and
ultra-high  levels  (35,000  psi  or  greater)  to  safely,  conveniently  and  reproducibly  control  the  actions  of  molecules  in  biological  samples,
such as cells and tissues from human, animal, plant, and microbial sources.

Our  pressure  cycling  technology  uses  internally  developed  instrumentation  that  is  capable  of  cycling  pressure  between  ambient  and
ultra-high levels - at controlled temperatures and specific time intervals - to rapidly and repeatedly control the interactions of bio-molecules,
such  as  DNA,  RNA,  proteins,  lipids,  and  small  molecules.  Our  laboratory  instrument,  the  Barocycler®,  and  our  internally  developed
consumables product line, including PULSE (Pressure Used to Lyse Samples for Extraction) Tubes, other processing tubes, and application
specific kits (which include consumable products and reagents) together make up our PCT Sample Preparation System, or PCT SPS.

In 2015, together with an investment bank, we formed a subsidiary called Pressure BioSciences Europe (“PBI Europe”) in Poland. We
have 49% ownership interest with the investment bank retaining 51%. As of now, PBI Europe does not have any operating activities but is
expected  to  commence  operations  in  2016.  Therefore,  we  don’t  have  control  of  the  subsidiary  and  did  not  consolidate  in  our  financial
statements. PBI Europe did not have any operations in 2015.

(2) Going Concern

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  assuming  that  the  Company  will  continue  as  a  going  concern,  which
contemplates  the  realization  of  assets  and  the  liquidation  of  liabilities  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  However,  we  have  experienced
negative  cash  flows  from  operations  with  respect  to  our  pressure  cycling  technology  business  since  our  inception. As  of  December  31,
2015, we do not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our current liabilities and as a result, there is substantial doubt regarding
our ability to continue as a going concern. We have been successful in raising cash through debt and equity offerings in the past and as
described in Note 6, completed debt financing subsequent to December 31, 2015. We have financing efforts in place to continue to raise
cash through debt and equity offerings.

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes obtaining equity or debt financing. During the year ended
December 31, 2015 we received 6,822,255 net proceeds, in additional convertible and non-convertible debt. Although we have successfully
completed financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in the future will be
successful.

We need substantial additional capital to fund normal operations in future periods. In the event that we are unable to obtain financing
on acceptable terms, or at all, we will likely be required to cease our operations, pursue a plan to sell our operating assets, or otherwise
modify  our  business  strategy,  which  could  materially  harm  our  future  business  prospects.  These  financial  statements  do  not  include  any
adjustments that might result from this uncertainty.

(3) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

i. Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary PBI BioSeq,

Inc. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

- 45 - 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ii. Use of Estimates

To prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America,  we  are  required  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses
during the reporting period. In addition, significant estimates were made in projecting future cash flows to quantify impairment of assets,
deferred tax assets, the costs associated with fulfilling our warranty obligations for the instruments that we sell, and the estimates employed
in our calculation of fair value of stock options awarded, beneficial conversion features and derivative liabilities. We base our estimates on
historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form
the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual
results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used.

iii. Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when realized or when realizable and earned when all the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence
of an arrangement exists; goods were shipped, delivery of service has occurred and risk of loss has passed to the customer; the seller’s price
to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.

Our current instruments, the Barocycler NEP3229 and NEP2320, require a basic level of instrumentation expertise to set-up for initial
operation. To support a favorable first experience for our customers, upon customer request and for an additional fee, we will send a highly
trained technical representative to the customer site to install Barocyclers that we sell, lease, or rent through our domestic sales force. The
installation  process  includes  uncrating  and  setting  up  the  instrument,  followed  by  introductory  user  training.  Product  revenue  related  to
current  Barocycler  instrumentation  is  recognized  upon  shipment  of  the  unit,  or  in  the  case  where  the  customer  requests  installation  and
training, the completion of the installation and introductory training process of the instrumentation at the customer location, for domestic
installations.  Product  revenue  related  to  sales  of  PCT  instrumentation  to  our  foreign  distributors  is  recognized  upon  shipment  through  a
common carrier. We provide for the expected costs of warranty upon the recognition of revenue for the sales of our instrumentation. Our
sales  arrangements  do  not  provide  our  customers  with  a  right  of  return.  Product  revenue  related  to  the  HUB440  and  our  consumable
products such as PULSE Tubes, MicroTubes, and application specific kits is recorded upon shipment through a common carrier. Shipping
costs are included in sales and marketing expense. Any shipping costs billed to customers are recognized as revenue.

The Company applies ASC 845, “Accounting for Non-Monetary Transactions”, to account for products and services sold through non-
cash transactions based on the fair values of the products and services involved, where such values can be determined. Non-cash exchanges
would require revenue to be recognized at recorded cost or carrying value of the assets or services sold if any of the following conditions
apply:

a) The fair value of the asset or service involved is not determinable.

b) The transaction is an exchange of a product or property held for sale in the ordinary course of business for a product or property to

be sold in the same line of business to facilitate sales to customers other than the parties to the exchange.

c) The transaction lacks commercial substance.

The Company currently records revenue for its non-cash transactions at recorded cost or carrying value of the assets or services sold.

We  account  for  our  lease  agreements  under  the  operating  method.  We  record  revenue  over  the  life  of  the  lease  term  and  we  record
depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the thirty-six month estimated useful life of the Barocycler instrument. The depreciation
expense associated with assets under lease agreement is included in the “Cost of PCT products and services” line item in our consolidated
statements of operations. Many of our lease and rental agreements allow the lessee to purchase the instrument at any point during the term
of  the  agreement  with  partial  or  full  credit  for  payments  previously  made.  We  pay  all  maintenance  costs  associated  with  the  instrument
during the term of the leases.

Revenue from government grants is recorded when qualifying expenses are incurred under the grant in accordance with the terms of

the grant award.

Deferred revenue represents amounts received from grants and the Company’s service contracts for which the related revenues have
not been recognized because one or more of the revenue recognition criteria have not been met. The current portion of deferred revenue
represents  the  amount  to  be  recognized  within  one  year  from  the  balance  sheet  date  based  on  the  estimated  performance  period  of  the
underlying deliverables. Revenue from service contracts is recorded ratably over the length of the contract.

Our transactions sometimes involve multiple elements (i.e., products and services). Revenue under multiple element arrangements is
recognized in accordance with FASB ASC 605-25 Multiple-Element Arrangements (“ASC 605”). When vendor specific objective evidence
or third party evidence of selling price for deliverables in an arrangement cannot be determined, the Company develops a best estimate of
the selling price to separate deliverables and allocates arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. If an arrangement
includes undelivered elements that are not essential to the functionality of the delivered elements, we defer the fair value of the undelivered
elements to such time as they are delivered. Fair value is determined based upon the price charged when the element is sold separately. If
there is not sufficient evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements the Company uses its best estimate of the value of those items
and recognizes revenues based on the relative values of the delivered and undelivered items. We provide certain customers with extended
service contracts with revenue recognized ratably over the life of the contract.

- 46 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
iv. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Our policy is to invest available cash in short-term, investment grade interest-bearing obligations, including money market funds, and
bank  and  corporate  debt  instruments.  Securities  purchased  with  initial  maturities  of  three  months  or  less  are  valued  at  cost  plus  accrued
interest, which approximates fair value, and are classified as cash equivalents.

v. Research and Development

Research and development costs, which are comprised of costs incurred in performing research and development activities including
wages and associated employee benefits, facilities, consumable products and overhead costs that are expensed as incurred. In support of our
research  and  development  activities  we  utilize  our  Barocycler  instruments  that  are  capitalized  as  fixed  assets  and  depreciated  over  their
expected useful life.

vi. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (average cost) or market (sales price). The cost of Barocyclers consists of the cost charged
by  the  contract  manufacturer.  The  cost  of  manufactured  goods  includes  material,  freight-in,  direct  labor,  and  applicable  overhead.  The
composition of inventory as of December 31, is as follows:

Raw materials
Finished goods
Inventory reserve
Total

vii. Property and Equipment

2015

2014

  $ 310,367   $ 304,928 
595,624 
(50,000)
  $1,038,371   $ 850,552 

778,004    
(50,000)   

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is recognized
using  the  straight-line  method,  allocating  the  cost  of  the  assets  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  of  three  years  for  certain  laboratory
equipment, from three to five years for management information systems and office equipment, and three years for all PCT finished units
classified as fixed assets.

viii. Intangible Assets

We  have  classified  as  intangible  assets,  costs  associated  with  the  fair  value  of  acquired  intellectual  property.  Intangible  assets,
including patents, are being amortized on a straight-line basis over sixteen years. We perform an annual review of our intangible assets for
impairment. When impairment is indicated, any excess of carrying value over fair value is recorded as a loss. As of December 31, 2015 and
2014, the outstanding balance for intangible assets is zero.

- 47 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ix. Long-Lived Assets

The  Company’s  long-lived  assets  are  reviewed  for  impairment  in  accordance  with  the  guidance  of  the  FASB  ASC  360-10-05,
Property, Plant, and Equipment , whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be
recoverable. Recoverability of an asset to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future
undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized
is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Through December 31, 2015, the Company had
not experienced impairment losses on its long-lived assets. While our current and historical operating losses and cash flow are indicators of
impairment, we performed an impairment test at December 31, 2015 and determined that such long-lived assets were not impaired.

x. Concentrations

Credit Risk

Our financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and trade
receivables.  We  have  cash  investment  policies  which,  among  other  things,  limit  investments  to  investment-grade  securities.  We  perform
ongoing credit evaluations of our customers, and the risk with respect to trade receivables is further mitigated by the fact that many of our
customers are government institutions and university labs. Allowances are provided for estimated amounts of accounts receivable which
may not be collected. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we determined that no allowance against accounts receivable was necessary.

The  following  table  illustrates  the  level  of  concentration  of  the  below  two  groups  within  revenue  as  a  percentage  of  total  revenues

during the years ended December 31:

Top Five Customers
Federal Agencies

2015

2014

38 %   
23 %   

32%
6%

The following table illustrates the level of concentration of the below two groups within accounts receivable as a percentage of total

accounts receivable balance as of December 31:

Top Five Customers
Federal Agencies

Product Supply

2015

2014

93%   
1%   

86%
9%

BIT Group USA, formerly Source Scientific, LLC, has been our sole contract manufacturer for all of our PCT instrumentation. Until
we  develop  a  broader  network  of  manufacturers  and  subcontractors,  obtaining  alternative  sources  of  supply  or  manufacturing  services
could involve significant delays and other costs and challenges, and may not be available to us on reasonable terms, if at all. The failure of
a  supplier  or  contract  manufacturer  to  provide  sufficient  quantities,  acceptable  quality  and  timely  products  at  an  acceptable  price,  or  an
interruption of supplies from such a supplier could harm our business and prospects.

Investment in Available-For-Sale Equity Securities 

As  of  December  31,  2015,  we  held  601,500  shares  of  common  stock  of  Everest  Investments  Holdings  S.A.  (“Everest”),  a  Polish
publicly  traded  company  listed  on  the  Warsaw  Stock  Exchange.  We  exchanged  1,000,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  for  the  601,500
shares from Everest. We account for this investment in accordance with ASC 320 “Investments — Debt and Equity Securities” as securities
available for sale. On December 31, 2015, our balance sheet reflected the fair value of our investment in Everest to be $294,522, based on
the closing price of Everest shares of $0.49 per share on that day. The carrying value of our investment in Everest common stock held will
change from period to period based on the closing price of the common stock of Everest as of the balance sheet date. This change in market
value will be recorded by us on a quarterly basis as an unrealized gain or loss in Comprehensive Income or Loss.

xi. Computation of Loss per Share

Basic  loss  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  loss  available  to  common  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common
shares outstanding. Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding plus additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had
been  issued.  For  purposes  of  this  calculation,  convertible  preferred  stock,  common  stock  dividends,  warrants  to  acquire  preferred  stock
convertible into common stock, and warrants and options to acquire common stock, are all considered common stock equivalents in periods
in which they have a dilutive effect and are excluded from this calculation in periods in which these are anti-dilutive. The following table
illustrates our computation of loss per share for the years ended December 31:

- 48 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator:
Net loss
Beneficial conversion feature for preferred stock
Preferred dividends accrued
Net loss applicable to common shareholders

Denominator for basic and diluted loss per share:
Weighted average common shares outstanding

2015

2014

  $

  $

(7,415,298)   $

-   
(23,194)  
(7,438,492)   $

(4,612,540)
(1,495,415)
(143,771)
(6,251,726)

20,726,205   

14,264,753 

Loss per common share - basic and diluted

  $

(0.36)   $

(0.44)

The  following  table  presents  securities  that  could  potentially  dilute  basic  loss  per  share  in  the  future.  For  all  periods  presented,  the
potentially dilutive securities were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because these securities would have been anti-
dilutive for the years ended December 31:

Stock options
Convertible debt
Common stock warrants
Convertible preferred stock:

Series D Convertible Preferred
Series G Convertible Preferred
Series H Convertible Preferred
Series H2 Convertible Preferred
Series J Convertible Preferred
Series K Convertible Preferred

xii. Accounting for Income Taxes

2015

5,571,250   
19,689,286   
29,227,664   

750,000   
865,700   
1,000,000   
2,100,000   
3,546,000   
11,416,000   
74,165,900   

2014

3,406,250 
5,453,571 
19,182,201 

750,000 
865,700 
1,000,000 
2,100,000 
3,546,000 
11,416,000 
47,719,722 

We  account  for  income  taxes  under  the  asset  and  liability  method,  which  requires  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets,  subject  to
valuation allowances, and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements
or  tax  returns.  Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and
liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. The Company considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future
realization of our deferred tax assets, including recent cumulative earnings experience by taxing jurisdiction, expectations of future taxable
income or loss, the carry-forward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. A valuation allowance is
established if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. If substantial changes in the
Company’s ownership should occur, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, there could be significant limitations on the
amount of net loss carry forwards that could be used to offset future taxable income.

Tax positions must meet a “more likely than not” recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized. At December 31, 2015
and 2014, the Company did not have any uncertain tax positions. No interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions were accrued at
December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

xiii. Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We maintain equity compensation plans under which incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options are granted to employees,
independent  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors  and  outside  consultants.  We  recognize  equity  compensation  expense  over  the  requisite
service period using the Black-Scholes formula to estimate the fair value of the stock options on the date of grant. Employee awards are
accounted for under ASC 718 where the awards are valued at grant date. Awards given to nonemployees are accounted for under ASC 505
where the awards are valued at earlier of commitment date or completion of services.

- 49 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Determining Fair Value of Stock Option Grants

Valuation and Amortization Method  - The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
pricing model based on certain assumptions. The estimated fair value of employee stock options is amortized to expense using the straight-
line method over the vesting period, which generally is over three years.

Expected Term - The Company uses the simplified calculation of expected life, described in the FASB ASC 718,  Compensation-Stock
Compensation, as the Company does not currently have sufficient historical exercise data on which to base an estimate of expected term.
Using this method, the expected term is determined using  the  average  of  the  vesting  period  and  the  contractual  life  of  the  stock  options
granted.

Expected Volatility - Expected volatility is based on the Company’s historical stock volatility data over the expected term of the award.

Risk-Free Interest Rate   -  The  Company  bases  the  risk-free  interest  rate  used  in  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  method  on  the  implied

yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term.

Forfeitures - As  required  by  FASB ASC  718,  Compensation-Stock Compensation,  the  Company  records  stock-based  compensation
expense  only  for  those  awards  that  are  expected  to  vest.  The  Company  estimated  a  forfeiture  rate  of  5%  for  awards  granted  based  on
historical experience and future expectations of options vesting. We used this historical rate as our assumption in calculating future stock-
based compensation expense.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  assumptions  we  utilized  for  grants  of  stock  options  to  the  three  sub-groups of  our  stock  option

recipients during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

Assumptions

Non-Employee
Board Members

CEO, other Officers 
and Employees

Expected life
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Forfeiture rate
Expected dividend yield

6.0 (yrs) 

116.32%-141.15% 
0.65%-2.54% 
5.00% 
0.0% 

6.0 (yrs) 

116.32%-141.15%
0.65%-2.54%
5.00%
0.0%

We  recognized  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  $208,989  and  $101,125  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014,
respectively. The following table summarizes the effect of this stock-based compensation expense within each of the line items within our
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31:

Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation expense

2015

2014

  $

  $

50,617    $
32,704   
125,668   
208,989    $

30,550 
19,792 
50,783 
101,125 

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  the  total  fair  value  of  stock  options  awarded  was  $598,582  and  $401,617,

respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, the total estimated fair value of unvested stock options to be amortized over their remaining vesting period
was  $740,117.  The  non-cash,  stock  based  compensation  expense  associated  with  the  vesting  of  these  options  will  be  $342,000  in  2016,
$198,680 in 2017, and $199,437 in 2018.

xiv. Advertising 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. We incurred $12,291 in 2015 with none incurred in 2014 for advertising.

xv. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Due to their short maturities, the carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued
expenses approximate their fair value. Short-term and long-term liabilities are primarily related to liabilities transferred under contractual
arrangements with carrying values that approximate fair value.

- 50 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
xvi. Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 820, “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ” (“ASC 820”) as it related

to financial assets and financial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis.

The Company generally defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which
classifies  the  inputs  used  in  measuring  fair  values.  These  tiers  include:  Level  1,  defined  as  observable  inputs  such  as  quoted  prices  for
identical  instruments  in  active  markets;  Level  2,  defined  as  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  either  directly  or
indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to
develop its own assumptions.

Financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  classified  in  their  entirety  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value
measurement. The Company has determined that its financial assets are currently classified within Level 1 and that its financial liabilities
are currently all classified within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

- 51 - 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  tables  set  forth  the  Company’s  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  that  were  accounted  for  at  fair  value  on  a
recurring  basis  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  December  31,  2014.  The  development  of  the  unobservable  inputs  for  Level  3  fair  value
measurements and fair value calculations are the responsibility of the Company’s management.

Available-For-Sale Equity Securities
Total Financial Assets

  December 31, 2015    
294,522     
294,522    $

  $

Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Warrants
Warrants Issued with Convertible Debt
Conversion Option Derivative Liabilities
Total Derivatives

  December 31, 2015    
173,526     
  $
3,122,450     
3,940,791     
7,236,767    $

  $

Fair value measurements at December 31, 2015 using:

Quoted
prices in
active
markets
(Level 1)

294,522     
294,522    $

Quoted
prices in 
active 
markets 
(Level 1)

-     
-     
-     
-    $

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

-     
-    $

- 
- 

Significant
unobservable
inputs 
(Level 3)

-    $
-     
-     
-    $

173,526 
3,122,450 
3,940,791 
7,236,767 

  Fair value measurements at December 31, 2014 using:

 Quoted
prices in
active
markets
(Level 1)

December 31, 2014  

Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Warrants  
Conversion Option Liabilities
Total Derivatives

$159,875  
590,341  
$750,216  

-
-
 $             -   

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

-
-
 $                -   

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

$159,875
590,341
$750,216

The following table provides a summary of the changes in fair value, including net transfers in and/or out, of the derivative financial

instruments, measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs:

January 1, 2015

Issuance
fair value    

Change in
fair value    

Gain on
extinguishment
of derivative
liabilities

    December 31, 2015  

Series D Preferred Stock Purchase
Warrants
Warrants Issued with Convertible
Debt
Conversion Option Derivative
Liabilities
Total Derivatives

Series D Preferred Stock Purchase
Warrants
Conversion Option Liabilities
Total Derivatives

  $

  $

  $

  $

159,875    $

-    $

13,651    $

-      2,320,021     

802,429     

-    $

-     

590,341      5,305,185     
600,445     
750,216    $ 7,625,206    $ 1,416,525    $

(2,555,180)    
(2,555,180)   $

173,526 

3,122,450 

3,940,791 
7,236,767 

January 1, 2014

Issuance
fair value    

Change in
fair value    

Gain on
extinguishment
of derivative
liabilities

    December 31, 2014  

344,570    $
356,197     
700,767    $

145,710    $
-    $
898,684     
(344,202)    
898,684    $ (198,492)   $

(330,405)   $
(320,338)    
(650,743)   $

159,875 
590,341 
750,216 

The issuance fair value for 2015 includes the “day 1” derivative loss on the conversion option derivative liabilities of $805,476 which

are included in “change in fair value of derivative liabilities” in the consolidated statement of operations.

The fair value of the derivative liabilities were determined using a binomial pricing model. The assumptions for the binomial pricing
model are represented in the table below for the warrants issued in the Series D private placement reflected on a per share common stock
equivalent basis.

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)

November 10, 2011

Warrants revalued at 
December 31, 2014

Warrants revalued at 
December 31, 2015

60.0 

22.0 

11.0 

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per warrant

  $
  $

104.5%   
0.875%   
  $
0.81 
  $
0.54 

116.0%   
0.58%   
  $
0.25 
  $
0.15 

104.9%
0.65%
0.25 
0.16 

There were no warrants issued in 2014 with Convertible Debt. The assumptions for the binomial pricing model are represented in the

table below for the warrants issued with the Convertible Debt in 2015 reflected on a per share common stock equivalent basis.

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per warrant

At Issuance
Fair value

Warrants revalued at
December 31, 2015

60.0 

118.3-120.1%   
1.48-1.69%   
  $
0.40 
  $
0.19-$0.21 

55.0-60.0 
136.3-141.6%
1.29-1.76%

0.40 
0.30 

  $
  $

- 52 - 

   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
The 2015 assumptions for the binomial pricing model are represented in the table below for the conversion options reflected on a per

share common stock equivalent basis.

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per conversion option

At Issuance
fair value

At Settlement
fair value

6-24 

104.2-153.8% 
0.05-0.99% 

$0.10-$0.35 
$0.09-$0.28 

0-18 

86.9%-142.2%  
0.01-0.72 % 

$0.10-$0.25 
$0.07-$0.26 

  $

Conversion options
revalued at
December 31, 2015  
18-24 

112.2-114.7%
1.06%
0.28 
$0.14-$0.33 

 The 2014 assumptions for the binomial pricing model are represented in the table below for the conversion options reflected on a per

share common stock equivalent basis.

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per conversion option

xvii. Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Conversion
options
revalued at
December 31,
2014

 1-32 
 77.4-154.1 % 
 0.03-.0.88 % 
 $0.14-0.35 
 $0.00-$0.19 

 At Issuance
fair value

 6-24   
 104.4-206.2 %   
 0.05-0.99 %   
 $0.13-$0.45   
 $0.15-$0.29   

In April  2015,  the  Financial Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2015-03,
“Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” (“ASU 2015-03”). ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs be presented as a
direct  deduction  from  the  carrying  amount  of  the  related  debt  liability,  consistent  with  the  presentation  of  debt  discounts.  Prior  to  the
issuance  of ASU  2015-03,  debt  issuance  costs  were  required  to  be  presented  as  deferred  charge  assets,  separate  from  the  related  debt
liability. ASU  2015-03  does  not  change  the  recognition  and  measurement  requirements  for  debt  issuance  costs.  The  Company  early-
adopted ASU 2015-03 as of the end of its Fiscal 2015, and applied its provisions retrospectively. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 resulted in
the reclassification of approximately $888,000 unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Company's Senior Notes (see Note 8) from
other non-current assets to long-term debt within its consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015. Other than this reclassification,
the adoption of ASU 2015-03 and other new pronouncements that have been issued did not have an impact on the Company's consolidated
financial statements.

(4) Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following components:

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment
Office equipment
Leasehold improvements
PCT collaboration, demonstration and leased systems
Total property and equipment
Less accumulated depreciation
Net book value

December 31,

2015

2014

  $

  $

226,081    $
158,872   
8,117   
461,858   
854,928   
(834,779) 

20,149    $

226,081 
149,459 
8,117 
461,858 
845,515 
(809,490)
36,025 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $25,288 and $29,213, respectively.

(5) Intangible Assets, net

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 reflect the purchase price attributable to patents in connection with the 1998 acquisition of
BioSeq, Inc. and the PCT business. Acquired PCT patents were being amortized to expense on a straight-line basis at the rate of $48,632
per year over their estimated remaining useful lives of approximately 6 years. Intangible assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of
the following:

PCT Patents
Less accumulated amortization

Net book value

2015

  $

$

778,156    $
(778,156) 

-

$

2014

778,156 
(778,156)
-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $36,498, at which time the assets were fully amortized.

(6) Retirement Plan

We provide all of our employees with the opportunity to participate in our retirement savings plan. Our retirement savings plan has
been  qualified  under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Eligible  employees  are  permitted  to  contribute  to  the  plan  through
payroll deductions within statutory limitations and subject to any limitations included in the plan. During 2015 and 2014 we contributed
$22,098 and $10,022, respectively, in the form of discretionary Company-matching contributions.

- 53 - 

 
 
 
 
 
(7) Income Taxes

Tax positions must meet a “more likely than not” recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized. At December 31, 2015
and 2014, the Company did not have any uncertain tax positions. No interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions were accrued at
December 31, 2015 and 2014.

We did not record an income tax benefit or provision for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Significant items making up the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

are as follows:

Current deferred taxes

Inventories
Other accruals
Less: valuation allowance

Total current deferred tax assets

Long term deferred taxes:

Accelerated tax depreciation
Non-cash, stock-based compensation, nonqualified
Goodwill and intangibles
Operating loss carry forwards and tax credits
Less: valuation allowance

Total long term deferred tax assets (liabilities), net

Total net deferred tax liabilities

2015

2014

19,640    $
23,714   
(43,354) 

-    $

19,640 
21,818 
(41,458)
- 

14,134    $
562,426   
-   
12,028,900   
(12,605,460) 
-   
-    $

12,162 
440,614 
- 
9,720,260 
(10,173,036)
- 
- 

  $

  $

  $

  $

A  valuation  allowance  is  established  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  all  or  a  portion  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  will  not  be  realized.
Accordingly, a valuation allowance was established in 2015 and 2014 for the full amount of our deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty
of realization. We believe based on our projection of future taxable operating income for the foreseeable future, it is more likely than not
that we will not be able to realize the benefit of the deferred tax asset at December 31, 2015.

We have net operating loss carry-forwards for federal income tax purposes of $26,752,000 as of December 31, 2015. Included in these
numbers are loss carry-forwards that were obtained through the acquisition of BioSeq, Inc. and are subject to Section 382 NOL limitations.
These net operating loss carry-forwards expire at various dates from 2018 through 2036.

We had net operating loss carry-forwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $20,895,000 at December 31, 2015. These

net operating loss carry-forwards expire at various dates from 2016 through 2036.

We  have  research  and  development  tax  credit  carry-forwards  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of  approximately  $1,019,000  as  of
December 31, 2015 and research and development tax credit carry-forwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $165,000 as of
December  31,  2015.  The  federal  credit  carry-forwards  expire  at  various  dates  from  2016  through  2036.  The  state  credit  carry-forwards
expire at various dates from 2023 through 2031.

In addition, we have federal alternative minimum tax credit carry-forwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $217,000

as of December 31, 2015. These credits do not expire.

- 54 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our effective income tax (benefit) provision rate was different than the statutory federal income tax (benefit) provision rate as follows

for the years ended December 31:

Federal tax provision rate
Permanent differences
State tax expense
Refundable AMT and R&D tax credit
Net operating loss carry back
Valuation allowance
Effective income tax provision

(8) Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

2015

2014

34%  
(12)% 
0%  
0%  
0%  
(23)% 
0%  

34%
(2)%
0%
0%
0%
(32)%
0%

Our corporate office is currently located at 14 Norfolk Avenue, South Easton, Massachusetts 02375. We are currently paying $4,800

per month, on a lease extension, signed on December 29, 2015, that expires December 31, 2016, for our corporate office.

On November 1, 2014 we signed a lease for lab space in Medford, MA. We subsequently expanded our space in Medford. The lease

expires December 30, 2017 and requires monthly payments of $5,385 subject to annual cost of living increases.

Following  is  a  schedule  by  years  of  future  minimum  rental  payments  required  under  operating  leases  with  initial  or  remaining  non-

cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2015:

2016
Thereafter
Total minimum payments required

Royalty Commitments

BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

  $

  $

122,220 
64,620 
186,840 

In  1996,  we  acquired  our  initial  equity  interest  in  BioSeq,  Inc.,  which  at  the  time  was  developing  our  original  pressure  cycling
technology. BioSeq, Inc. acquired its pressure cycling technology from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under a technology transfer and patent
assignment  agreement.  In  1998,  we  purchased  all  of  the  remaining  outstanding  capital  stock  of  BioSeq,  Inc.,  and  at  such  time,  the
technology  transfer  and  patent  assignment  agreement  was  amended  to  require  us  to  pay  BioMolecular Assays,  Inc.  a  5%  royalty  on  our
sales  of  products  or  services  that  incorporate  or  utilize  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology  that  BioSeq,  Inc.  acquired  from
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. We are also required to pay BioMolecular Assays, Inc. 5% of the proceeds from any sale, transfer or license of
all or any portion of the original pressure cycling technology. These payment obligations terminate in 2016. During the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred $31,301 and $31,835 in royalties, respectively.

In connection with our acquisition of BioSeq, Inc., we licensed certain limited rights to the original pressure cycling technology back to
BioMolecular Assays,  Inc.  This  license  is  non-exclusive  and  limits  the  use  of  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology  by  BioMolecular
Assays,  Inc.  solely  for  molecular  applications  in  scientific  research  and  development  and  in  scientific  plant  research  and  development.
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. is required to pay us a royalty equal to 20% of any license or other fees and royalties, but not including research
support  and  similar  payments,  it  receives  in  connection  with  any  sale,  assignment,  license  or  other  transfer  of  any  rights  granted  to
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under the license. BioMolecular Assays, Inc. must pay us these royalties until the expiration of the patents held
by BioSeq, Inc. in 1998, which we anticipate will be 2016. We have not received any royalty payments from BioMolecular Assays, Inc.
under this license.

- 55 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Battelle Memorial Institute

In December 2008, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the Battelle Memorial Institute (“Battelle”). The licensed
technology is described in the patent application filed by Battelle on July 31, 2008 (US serial number 12/183,219). This application includes
subject  matter  related  to  a  method  and  a  system  for  improving  the  analysis  of  protein  samples,  including  through  an  automated  system
utilizing pressure and a pre-selected agent to obtain a digested sample in a significantly shorter period of time than current methods, while
maintaining the integrity of the sample throughout the preparatory process. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we paid Battelle a non-
refundable initial fee of $35,000. In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products”, we are obligated to make minimum
royalty  payments  for  each  year  that  we  retain  the  rights  outlined  in  the  patent  license  agreement  and  we  are  required  to  have  our  first
commercial sale of the licensed products within one year following the issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-
negotiating  the  terms  of  the  contract  in  2013  the  minimum  annual  royalty  was  $1,200  and  $2,900  for  the  years  ended  2015  and  2014,
respectively.

Target Discovery Inc.

In  March  2010,  we  signed  a  strategic  product  licensing,  manufacturing,  co-marketing,  and  collaborative  research  and  development
agreement with Target Discovery Inc. (“TDI”). Under the terms of the agreement, we have been licensed by TDI to manufacture and sell a
highly  innovative  line  of  chemicals  used  in  the  preparation  of  tissues  for  scientific  analysis  (“TDI  reagents”).  The  TDI  reagents  were
designed for use in combination with our pressure cycling technology. The companies believe that the combination of PCT and the TDI
reagents can fill an existing need in life science research for an automated method for rapid extraction and recovery of intact, functional
proteins associated with cell membranes in tissue samples. We did not incur any royalty obligation under this agreement in 2015 or 2014.

In  April  2012,  we  signed  a  non-exclusive  license  agreement  with  TDI  to  grant  the  non-exclusive  use  of  our  pressure  cycling

technology. We recorded $22,000 of minimum royalty income in 2015 but none in 2014. 

Severance and Change of Control Agreements

Each of Mr. Schumacher, and Drs. Ting, Lazarev, and Lawrence, executive officers of the Company, are entitled to receive a severance
payment  if  terminated  by  us  without  cause.  The  severance  benefits  would  include  a  payment  in  an  amount  equal  to  one  year  of  such
executive  officer’s  annualized  base  salary  compensation  plus  accrued  paid  time  off. Additionally,  the  officer  will  be  entitled  to  receive
medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Each of these executive officers, other than Mr. Schumacher, is entitled to receive a change of control payment in an amount equal to
one year of such executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental coverage, in the
event of a change of control of the Company. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, this payment would be equal to two years of annualized base
salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage. The severance payment is meant to induce the
aforementioned executives to remain in the employ of the Company, in general; and particularly in the occurrence of a change in control, as
a disincentive to the control change.

(9) Convertible Debt and Other Debt 

We have entered into various convertible debentures. The convertible debentures have terms ranging from 12 to 24 months and subject
to annual interest rates ranging from 2% to 9%. The proceeds received are net of fees. The lenders charge interest per annum based on the
principal balance. The lenders have the right, at any time after 180 days from the issue date to convert any or part of the outstanding and
unpaid principal and interest into shares of the Company’s common stock based on a volume weighted average price of the closing prices
of  the  Company’s  shares  during  various  periods  prior  to  conversion  subject  to  adjustments  for  stock  splits,  stock  dividends  or  rights
offerings. The Company shall have the right to prepay the debenture for a payment of the outstanding principal plus unpaid interest at any
time on or before six months after the effective date. If the Company chooses to prepay it will incur pre-payment penalties ranging from
9.5% to 38% of the principal balance. The Company is required to reserve shares of common stock for full conversion of these debentures.
The maturity dates range from six months to two years after the effective date of the payment. The convertible debt as of December 31,
2015 are secured by the assets of the Company. The Company determined that the conversion feature met the definition of a liability in
accordance with ASC 815-40 and therefore bifurcated the conversion feature on each debt agreement and accounted for it as a derivative
liability. The fair value of the conversion feature was accounted for as a note discount and will be amortized to interest expense over the
life of the loan. The fair value of the  conversion  feature  was  reflected  in  the  conversion  option  liability  line  in  the  consolidated  balance
sheets. We will continue to classify the fair value of the conversion options as a liability until the conversion options are exercised, expire
or are amended in a way that would no longer require these conversion options to be classified as a liability, whichever comes first.

The proceeds from these convertible debts were allocated between the host debt instrument and the convertible option based on the
residual method. The estimated fair value of the convertible option was determined using a binomial formula, resulting in allocations to the
convertible option and accounted for as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. In accordance with the provisions of ASC
815-40, the gross proceeds are offset by debt discounts, which are amortized to interest expense over the expected life of the debt.

- 56 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  connection  with  the  senior  secured  convertible  debentures  issued  in  our  still  open  $5  million  private  placement,  we  also  issued
warrants to the lenders to purchase an aggregate 8,767,857 shares of the Common Stock, at an exercise price of $0.40 per share, expiring
five years after the issuance date.

ASC 470-20 states that the proceeds from the issuance of debt with detachable stock warrants should be allocated between the debt and
warrants on the basis of their relative fair market values. The debt discount will be amortized to interest expense over the two-year term of
these  loans.  The  convertible  debentures  and  warrants  issued  in  connection  with  the  convertible  debentures  are  classified  as  derivative
liabilities  because  the  convertible  debentures  and  warrants  are  entitled  to  certain  rights  in  subsequent  financings  and  these  instruments
contain “down-round protection” and therefore, do not meet the scope exception for treatment as a derivative under ASC 815, Derivatives
and  Hedging,  (“ASC  815”).  Since  “down-round  protection”  is  not  an  input  into  the  calculation  of  the  fair  value  of  the  convertible
debentures and warrants, the instruments cannot be considered indexed to the Company’s own stock, which is a requirement for the scope
exception as outlined under ASC 815. The estimated fair value of the warrants was determined using the binomial model, resulting in an
allocation of $1,933,375 to the total warrants out of the gross proceeds of $4,910,000 at issuance date. The fair value will be affected by
changes in inputs to that model including our stock price, expected stock price volatility, the contractual term, and the risk-free interest rate.
We will continue to classify the fair value of the warrants as a liability until the warrants are exercised, expire or are amended in a way that
would no longer require these warrants to be classified as a liability, whichever comes first.

The specific terms of the $5.4 million PIPE convertible debentures and outstanding balances as of December 31, 2015 are listed in the

tables below.

Fixed Rate Convertible Notes

Loan

Outstanding
Balance

Inception Date

Term    

Discount         
Amount    
July 22, 2015    24 months     $2,180,000    $ 2,180,000    $218,000      1     
1,100,000      110,000      1     
150,000      15,000      1     
3,000      1     
30,000     
50,000     
5,000      1     
250,000      25,000      1     
5,000      1     
50,000     
215,000      21,500      1     
200,000      20,000      1     
170,000      17,000      1     
360,000      36,000      1     
5,500      1     
55,000     
100,000      10,000      1     
     $4,910,000    $ 4,910,000    $491,000            

September 25, 2015    24 months       1,100,000     
150,000     
30,000     
50,000     
250,000     
50,000     
215,000     
200,000     
170,000     
360,000     
55,000     
100,000     

October 2, 2015    24 months      
October 6, 2015    24 months      
October 14, 2015    24 months      
November 2, 2015    24 months      
November 10, 2015    24 months      
November 12, 2015    24 months      
November 20, 2015    24 months      
December 4, 2015    24 months      
December 11, 2015    24 months      
December 18, 2015    24 months      
December 31, 2015    24 months      

Original
Issue

Interest
Rate

Prepayment
Penalty

Deferred
Finance
Fees

Discount
related to
Fair value
of
conversion
feature
and
warrants    
10%         $388,532    $2,163,074     
10%    2      185,956      1,022,052     
140,832     
10%    2      26,345     
26,721     
5,168     
10%    2     
49,377     
10%    2     
8,954     
222,723     
10%    2      43,079     
46,984     
8,790     
10%    2     
212,399     
10%    2      38,518     
200,000     
10%    2      37,185     
170,000     
10%    2      37,352     
360,000     
10%    2      75,449     
55,000     
10%    2      11,714     
100,000     
10%    2      20,634     
         $887,676    $4,769,162     

20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%

1 The original issue discount is reflected in the first year.
2 The annual interest starts accruing in the second year.

Deferred  finance  fees  include  cash  commissions  amounting  to  $501,000  and  the  fair  value  of  the  1,689,286  warrants  issued  to  the
placement agent amounting to $386,676. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized amortization expense related to
the  debt  discounts  indicated  above  of  $924,180.  The  unamortized  debt  discounts  as  of  December  31,  2015  related  to  the  convertible
debentures amounted to $5,223,658.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company also had an outstanding convertible note with a third party amounting to $100,000. The note is

convertible at a fixed rate of $0.25 and matures in July 2016.

Variable Rate Convertible Notes

Inception
Date
December 4,
2013
February 2,
2015
February 2,
2015
February 22,
2015
February 25,
2015
March 4,
2015

Loan

Amount       

Interest
Rate

    Fees

conversion feature   

Fair value of

Prepayment
Penalty

Discount to
VWAP

Share reserve
requirement

  Term   
12

months   $ 223,000  *   

4% $ 10,000  $

59,903  

 20 %  

12
months    
12
months    
six
months    
12
months    
12
months

100,000  *   

4%  

5,000   

62,219  

 19-33 %  

120,000  *   

4%  

5,000   

74,663  

 19-33 %  

100,000  *   

4%  

-   

61,597  

 19-33 %  

112,500  *   

8%  

4,000   

312,847  

 19-33 %  

52,500  *   

4%  

2,500   

53,213  

 19-38 %  

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 
 
 
 
 
         
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
         
   
 
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
   
  
 
March 6,
2015
March 17,
2015
March 20,
2015
March 26,
2015
March 27,
2015
March 27,
2015

April 1, 2015  
April 20,
2015
April 28,
2015
May 12,
2015
May 20,
2015
May 26,
2015
June 23,
2015
June 24,
2015

July 2, 2015   

July 2, 2015   

12
months    
24
months    
12
months    
12
months    
12
months    
12
months    
12
months    
12
months    
12
months    
12
months    
12
months    
12
months    
12
months    
24
months    
12
months    
12
months    

236,250  *   

2%   33,900   

212,918  

 19-35 %  

50,000  *   

25,000  *   

4%  

4%  

-   

-   

64,382  

 19-33 %  

25,077  

 19-33 %  

150,000  *   

6%  

2,000   

164,501  

 19-37.5 %  

52,500  *   

4%  

2,500   

57,502  

19-38  %  

100,000  *   

8%  

8,000   

154,359  

 19-38 % 

100,000  *   

8%  

-   

155,793  

 25-35 % 

81,250  *   

4%  

6,563   

54,050  *   

9%  

4,050   

107,764  *   

4%  

7,763   

117,679  

35,143  

145,527  

 20 %  

 20 %  

 20 %  

100,000  *   

4%  

-   

92,715  

 9.5-33 % 

60,000  *   

8%  

3,500   

79,287  

 10-35 %  

126,000  *   

4%  

6,000   

108,297  

 19-33 % 

50,000  *   

4%  

-   

54,511  

 19-33 % 

52,500  *   

4%  

2,500   

54,297  

 19-33 % 

52,500  *   

   $2,105,814   

4%  

2,500   
 $105,776  $

54,297  
2,200,727  

 19-33 % 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3,000,000 

- 

3,101,000 

1,000,000 

1,500,000 

1,000,000 
9,601,000  

40% of 10
days

45% of 10
days

35% of 15
days
35% of 10
days
35% of 15
days
35% of 15
days

 * The loans above either had outstanding balances as of December 31, 2014 or were issued in 2015 and subsequently paid off in 2015. 

The following table provides a summary of the changes in convertible debt, net of unamortized discount, during 2015:

Balance at January 1,
Issuance of convertible debt, face value
Original issue discount
Debt discount from derivative liabilities (embedded conversion option and warrants)
Deferred financing fees
Repayment of convertible debt
Conversion of convertible debt into common stock

Fees added to principal debt
Settlement of prepayment penalty
Amortization of debt discount to interest expense through December 31,
Balance at December 31,
Less: current portion
Convertible debt, long-term portion

- 57 - 

  $

  $

2015
1,004,513 
7,287,317 
(567,780)
(6,433,054)
(887,676)
(2,653,990)
(382,054)
84,000 

(96,023)
2,922,089 
277,342 
100,000 
177,342 

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Notes

 On June 6, 2014, we signed a Merchant Agreement with On Deck Capital. Under the agreement we received $150,000 in exchange for
rights to all customer receipts until On Deck Capital is paid $190,499, to be collected at the rate of $756 per business day. The payments
are  secured  by  essentially  all  tangible  assets  of  the  Company.  The  Company  paid  On  Deck  Capital  $3,750  in  fees  related  to  this
transaction. The note was paid off in its entirety in 2015.

On  January  15,  2015  we  signed  a  Merchant Agreement  with  a  lender.  Under  the  agreement,  we  received  $150,000  in  exchange  for
rights to all customer receipts until the lender was paid $187,500, which was collected at the rate of $744 per business day. The payments
were secured by essentially all tangible assets of the Company. $67,925 of the proceeds were used to pay off the outstanding balance of a
previous loan from this lender. The Company paid $1,875 in fees in connection with this loan. The note was paid off in its entirety prior to
December 31, 2015.

On  January  29,  2015  we  signed  a  Merchant Agreement  with  a  lender.  Under  the  agreement,  we  received  $200,000  in  exchange  for
rights to all customer receipts until the lender was paid $278,000, which was collected at the rate of $1,985 per business day. The payments
were secured by essentially all tangible assets of the Company. The Company paid $999 in fees in connection with this loan. The note was
paid off in its entirety prior to December 31, 2015.

On March 17, 2015 we signed a Merchant Agreement with a lender. Under the agreement, we received $50,000 in exchange for rights
to all customer receipts until the lender was paid $67,450, which was collected at the rate of $559 per business day. The payments were
secured by essentially all tangible assets of the Company. The Company paid $999 in fees in connection with this loan. The note was paid
off in its entirety prior to December 31, 2015.

On May 29, 2015 we signed a Merchant Agreement with a lender. Under the agreement, we received $100,000 in exchange for rights
to all customer receipts until the lender was paid $132,000, which was collected at the rate of $1,098 per business day. The Company paid
$3,999 in fees in connection with this loan. The note was paid off in its entirety prior to December 31, 2015.

On August  28,  2015  we  signed  a  Merchant Agreement  with  a  lender.  Under  the  agreement,  we  received  $300,000  in  exchange  for
rights to all customer receipts until the lender is paid $384,000, to be collected at the rate of $2,560 per business day. The payments are not
secured. On the closing date, $131,710 of the proceeds were used to pay off the outstanding balances of two existing Notes. The Company
paid $6,000 in fees in connection with this loan. The outstanding balance is recorded as other debt on the balance sheet.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  we  signed  three  ninety-day  notes  with  an  investor.  Under  the  terms  of  the  notes,  the
Company received a total of $600,000. The investor converted these loans, plus $60,000 in accrued interest into the Company’s $5 million
PIPE offering on July 21, 2015. There was no gain or loss on the conversion.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company made payments of $587,949 in total on the non-convertible debt from non-

related parties.

Related Party Notes

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  the  Company  received  advances  from  certain  officers  of  the  Company  amounting  to
$6,300 and made payments of $12,300. These advances are non-interest bearing and payable on demand. As of December 31, 2015 there
are no outstanding notes to related parties.

- 58 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(10) Stockholders’ (Deficit)

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01. Of the 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock:

1)

 20,000 shares have been designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (“Junior A”)

2)

 313,960 shares have been designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A”)

3)

 279,256 shares have been designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B”)

4)

 88,098 shares have been designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C”)

5)

 850 shares have been designated as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series D”)

6)

 500 shares have been designated as Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series E”)

7)

 240,000 shares have been designated as Series G Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series G”)

8)

 10,000 shares have been designated as Series H Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series H”)

9)

 21 shares have been designated as Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series H2”)

10)  6,250 shares have been designated as Series J Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series J”)

11)  15,000 shares have been designated as Series K Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series K”)

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no shares of Junior A, and Series A, B, C, E, and H1 issued and outstanding.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

On November 11, 2011, we completed a registered direct offering, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 843 units for a purchase
price of $1,000 per unit, resulting in gross proceeds to us of $843,000 (the “Series D Placement”). Each unit (“Series D Unit”) consisted of
(i) one share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Series D Convertible Preferred Stock”) convertible
into 1,538.46 shares of our common stock, (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization, etc.) and (ii) one five-
year warrant to purchase approximately 614 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $0.81, subject to adjustment as
provided in the Warrants (“ Series D Warrant ”). The Series D Warrants will be exercisable beginning on May 11, 2012 and until the close
of business on the fifth anniversary of the initial exercise date.

The proceeds from the sale of each Series D Unit were allocated between the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series D
Warrants  based  on  the  residual  method.  The  estimated  fair  value  of  the  Series  D  Warrants  was  determined  using  a  binomial  formula,
resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds of $283,725 to the total warrants issued. The allocation of the gross proceeds to the Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock was $559,275. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 470-20, an additional adjustment between Additional
Paid  in  Capital  and Accumulated  Deficit  of  $530,140  was  recorded  to  reflect  an  implicit  non-cash  dividend  related  to  the  allocation  of
proceeds between the stock and warrants issued. The $530,140 represents the value of the adjustment to additional paid in capital related to
the beneficial conversion feature of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock. The value adjustment was calculated by subtracting the fair
market  value  of  the  underlying  common  stock  on  November  10,  2011  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred
Stock from the fair market value of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock as determined when the Company performed a fair market
value  allocation  of  the  proceeds  to  the  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  and  warrants.  The  warrants  are  recorded  as  a  liability.  See
“Warrant Derivative Liability” below.

The Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will rank senior to the Company’s common stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
with  respect  to  payments  made  upon  liquidation,  winding  up  or  dissolution.  Upon  any  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the
Company, after payment of the Company’s debts and liabilities, and before any payment is made to the holders of any junior securities, the
holders  of  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will  first  be  entitled  to  be  paid  $1,000  per  share  subject  to  adjustment  for  accrued  but
unpaid dividends.

We may not pay any dividends on shares of common stock unless we also pay dividends on the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock
in  the  same  form  and  amount,  on  an  as-if-converted  basis,  as  dividends  actually  paid  on  shares  of  our  common  stock.  Except  for  such
dividends, no other dividends may be paid on the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.

Each  share  of  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  is  convertible  into  1,538.46  shares  of  common  stock  (based  upon  an  initial
conversion  price  of  $0.65  per  share)  at  any  time  at  the  option  of  the  holder,  subject  to  adjustment  for  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,
combinations, and similar recapitalization transactions (the “Series D Conversion Ratio”).  Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  if  the  Company
issues any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents at a per share price that is lower than the conversion price of the Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock, the conversion price will be reduced to the per share price at which such shares of common stock or common
stock equivalents are issued. Each share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into shares of common
stock at the Series D Conversion Ratio then in effect if, after six months from the closing of the Series D Placement, the common stock
trades on the OTC Market (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded) at a price equal to at
least 300% of the then effective Series D Convertible Preferred Stock conversion price for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days with each

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
trading  day  having  a  volume  of  at  least  $50,000.  Unless  waived  under  certain  circumstances  by  the  holder  of  the  Series  D  Convertible
Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series D Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial
ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

- 59 - 

 
 
 
In addition, in the event we consummate a merger or consolidation with or into another person or other reorganization event in which
our shares of common stock are converted or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, or we sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose
of  all  or  substantially  all  of  our  assets  or  we  or  another  person  acquire  50%  or  more  of  our  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock,  then
following such event, the holders of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series D
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  the  same  kind  and  amount  of  securities,  cash  or  property  which  the  holders  of  the  Series  D  Convertible
Preferred Stock would have received had they converted the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock immediately prior to such fundamental
transaction.

The  holders  of  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  vote  on  any  matters  presented  to  the  stockholders  of  the
Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of
meeting),  except  that  the  holders  of  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  may  vote  separately  as  a  class  on  any  matters  that  would  (i)
amend,  our  Restated Articles  of  Organization,  as  amended,  in  a  manner  that  adversely  affects  the  rights  of  the  Series  D  Convertible
Preferred  Stock,  (ii)  alter  or  change  adversely  the  powers,  preferences  or  rights  of  the  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  or  alter  or
amend the certificate of designation, (iii) authorize or create any class of shares ranking as to dividends, redemption or distribution of assets
upon liquidation senior to, or otherwise pari passu with, the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, or (iv) increase the number of authorized
shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.

If, within 12 months of the initial issuance of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, we issue any common stock, common stock
equivalents, indebtedness or any combination thereof (a “Subsequent Financing”), the holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will
have the right to participate on a pro-rata basis in up to 50% of such Subsequent Financing.

Series D Warrants

The Series D Warrants originally had an exercise price equal to $0.81 per share of common stock. In April 2012, the number of Series
D  Warrants  increased  by  530,406  to  a  total  of  1,047,875  and  each  Series  D  Warrant  had  an  exercise  price  reset  to  $0.40  per  share  of
common  stock.  In  December  of  2013  the  number  of  Series  D  Warrants  increased  by  628,733  to  a  total  of  1,676,608  and  each  Series  D
Warrant had an exercise price reset to $0.25 per share of common stock. The Series D Warrants will be exercisable beginning on the six-
month anniversary of the date of issuance and expire five years from the initial exercise date. The Series D Warrants permit the holder to
conduct a “cashless exercise” at any time a registration statement registering, or the prospectus contained therein, is not available for the
issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Series D Warrant, and under certain circumstances at the expiration
of the Series D Warrants. The exercise price and/or number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Series D Warrants are
subject to adjustment for certain stock dividends, stock splits or similar capital reorganizations, as set forth in the Warrants. The exercise
price is also subject to adjustment in the event that we issue any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents at a per share price
that is lower than the exercise price for the Series D Warrants then in effect. Upon any such issuance, subject to certain exceptions, the
exercise price will be reduced to the per share price at which such shares of common stock or common stock equivalents are issued and
number of Series D Warrant shares issuable thereunder shall be increased such that the aggregate exercise price payable thereunder, after
taking into account the decrease in the exercise price, shall be equal to the aggregate exercise price prior to such adjustment. Unless waived
under certain circumstance by the holder of a Series D Warrant, such holder may not exercise the Series D Warrant if upon such exercise
the holder’s beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock would exceed certain thresholds.

In the event we consummate a merger or consolidation with or into another person or other reorganization event in which our shares of
common stock are converted or exchanged for securities, cash  or  other  property,  or  we  sell,  lease,  license  or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or
substantially all of our assets or we or another person acquire 50% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock, then following such
event, the holders of the Series D Warrants will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Series D Warrants the same kind and amount of
securities,  cash  or  property  which  the  holders  would  have  received  had  they  exercised  the  Series  D  Warrants  immediately  prior  to  such
fundamental transaction.

- 60 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series G Convertible Preferred Stock

On July 6 and November 15, 2012, we completed a private placement, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 145,320 units for a
purchase  price  of  $5.00  per  unit  (the  “Series  G  Purchase  Price”),  resulting  in  gross  proceeds  to  us  of  $726,600  (the  “Series  G  Private
Placement”). Each unit (“Series G Unit”) consists of (i) one share of Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the
“Series  G  Preferred  Stock”)  convertible  into  10  shares  of  our  common  stock,  (subject  to  adjustment  for  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,
recapitalization,  etc.)  and  (ii)  a  three-year  warrant  to  purchase  5  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  a  per  share  exercise  price  of  $0.50  (the
“Series G Warrant”).  The  Series  G  Warrants  will  be  exercisable  until  the  close  of  business  on  the  third  anniversary  of  the  applicable
closing date of the Series G Private Placement.

Each share of Series G Preferred Stock will receive a cumulative dividend at the annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) on those shares of
Series G Preferred Stock purchased from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate investment of less than $100,000, (ii)
six percent (6%) on those shares of Series G Preferred Stock purchased from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate
investment  of  at  least  $100,000  but  less  than  $250,000,  and  (iii)  twelve  percent  (12%)  on  those  shares  of  Series  G  Preferred  Stock
purchased  from  the  Company  by  an  individual  purchaser  with  an  aggregate  investment  of  at  least  $250,000.  Dividends  accruing  on  the
Series  G  Preferred  Stock  shall  accrue  from  day  to  day  until,  and  shall  be  paid  within  fifteen  (15)  days  of,  the  first  anniversary  of,  the
original  issue  date  of  the  Series  G  Preferred  Stock;  provided,  however,  if  any  shares  of  the  Company’s  Series  E  Preferred  Stock  are
outstanding at such time, payment of the accrued dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock shall be deferred until no such shares of Series
E Convertible Preferred Stock remain outstanding. The Company may pay accrued dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock in cash or in
shares of its common stock equal to the volume weighted average price of the common stock as reported by the OTC QB Market for the
ten (10) trading days immediately preceding the Series G’s first anniversary.

At  the  election  of  the  Company  and  upon  required  advanced  notice,  each  share  of  Series  G  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  be
converted into shares of common stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) if, after 6 months from the original issuance date of the
Series G Preferred Stock, the common stock trades on  the  OTC  QB  Market  (or  other  primary  trading  market  or  exchange  on  which  the
common stock is then traded) at a price equal to at least $0.75, for 7 out of 10 consecutive trading days with average daily trading volume
of  at  least  10,000  shares,  (ii)  on  or  after  the  first  anniversary  of  the  original  issuance  date  of  the  Series  G  Preferred  Stock  or  (iii)  upon
completion of a firm-commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least $0.75, with
aggregate  gross  proceeds  to  the  Company  of  not  less  than  $2.5  million.  Unless  waived  under  certain  circumstances  by  the  holder  of  the
Series  G  Preferred  Stock,  such  holder’s  Series  G  Preferred  Stock  may  not  be  converted  if  upon  such  conversion  the  holder’s  beneficial
ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

The holders of Series G Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote on any matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for their
action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), except as
required by law.

Series G Warrants

The Series G Warrants issued in the Series G Private Placement had an exercise price equal to $0.50 per share and expired on July 6,

2015.

- 61 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series H Convertible Preferred Stock

On  December  28,  2012  the  Company  amended  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  to  authorize  10,000  shares  of  Series  H  Convertible
Preferred Stock. On January 4, 2013, the Company reported that it had entered into a securities purchase and exchange agreement with an
investor, pursuant to which the Company agreed to exchange 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share
of common stock held by the investor for an aggregate of 10,000 shares of a newly created series of preferred stock, designated Series H
Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series H Preferred Stock”) in a non-cash transaction. The investor originally
purchased the common stock from the Company for $0.8025 per share. The exchange ratio was 100 shares of common stock per share of
Series H Preferred Stock at a stated conversion price of $0.8025 per share.

Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 23, 2014 the Company amended the Articles of Incorporation to authorize 21 shares of Series H2 Convertible Preferred
Stock.  On  December  23,  2014,  the  Company  reported  that  it  had  entered  into  a  securities  purchase  and  exchange  agreement  with  an
investor, pursuant to which the Company agreed to exchange 2,100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share
of  common  stock  held  by  the  investor  for  an  aggregate  of  21  shares  of  a  newly  created  series  of  preferred  stock,  designated  Series  H2
Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series H2 Preferred Stock”) in a non-cash transaction. The investor originally
acquired the common stock from the Company for $0.25 per share in the warrant reset transaction on December 23, 2014. The exchange
ratio was 100,000 shares of common stock per share of Series H2 Preferred Stock at a stated conversion price of $0.25 per share.

Series J Convertible Preferred Stock

On  February  6,  March  28  and  May  20,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Securities  Purchase  with  various  individuals  pursuant  to
which  the  Company  sold  an  aggregate  of  5,087.5  units  for  a  purchase  price  of  $400.00  per  unit  (the  “Purchase  Price”),  or  an  aggregate
Purchase Price of $2,034,700. Each unit purchased in the initial tranche consists of (i) one share of a newly created series of preferred stock,
designated Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series J Convertible Preferred Stock”), convertible into
1,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share and (ii) a warrant to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock at an
exercise price equal to $0.40 per share. The warrants expire three years from the issuance date.

From the date of issuance of any shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and until the earlier of the first anniversary of such
date, the voluntary conversion of any shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion (solely under
the  Company’s  control  based  upon  certain  triggering  events)  of  the  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  dividends  will  accrue  on  each
share of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock at an annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) of the Purchase Price on those shares of Series J
Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who
purchased from the Company shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock with an aggregate Purchase Price of less than $250,000, and
(ii) six percent (6%) of the Purchase Price on those shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to
the  Securities  Purchase Agreement  by  an  individual  purchaser  who  purchased  shares  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  with  an
aggregate purchase price of at least $250,000. Dividends accruing on the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock shall accrue from day to day
until the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of issuance of such shares of Series J Convertible Stock, the voluntary conversion of any
shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, and
shall be paid, as applicable, within fifteen (15) days of the first anniversary of the original issue date of the Series J Convertible Preferred
Stock, within five (5) days of the voluntary conversion of shares of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or within five (5) days of the
mandatory  conversion  of  shares  of  the  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  The  Company  may  pay  accrued  dividends  on  the  Series  J
Convertible Preferred Stock in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, in shares of its common stock in
accordance with a specified formula.

- 62 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each share of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock at the option of the holder on or
after the six-month anniversary of the issuance of such share, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and
similar transactions (the “Conversion Ratio”). Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of Series J Convertible Preferred
Stock, such holder’s shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial
ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

At  the  election  of  the  Company  and  upon  required  advance  notice,  each  share  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will
automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) on or after the six-month anniversary of
the original issuance date of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, the common stock trades on the OTC QB Market (or other primary
trading  market  or  exchange  on  which  the  common  stock  is  then  traded)  at  a  price  per  share  equal  to  at  least  $0.80  for  7  out  of  10
consecutive trading days with average daily trading volume of at least 50,000 shares, (ii) on the first anniversary of the original issuance
date of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock or (iii) within three days of the completion of a firm-commitment underwritten registered
public offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least $0.80, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than
$2.5 million. Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series J
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  may  not  be  converted  if  upon  such  conversion  the  holder’s  beneficial  ownership  would  exceed  certain
thresholds.

The  holders  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  vote  on  any  matters  presented  to  the  stockholders  of  the
Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of
meeting), except as required by law.

Series J Warrants

The Warrants issued in the Private Placement have an exercise price equal to $0.40 per share, with a term expiring three years from the
issuance date. The Warrants also permit the holder to conduct a “cashless exercise” at any time the holder of the Warrant is an affiliate of
the Company. The exercise price and/or number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants will be subject to adjustment for stock
dividends, stock splits or similar capital reorganizations, as set forth in the Warrant agreement.

- 63 - 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Warrants, at any time commencing six months from the closing date of the  sale  of  Units
under the Securities Purchase Agreement the Company has the right to call the Warrants for cancellation if the volume weighted average
price of its common stock on the OTC QB Market (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded)
equals  or  exceeds  three  times  the  per  share  exercise  price  of  the  Warrants  for  either  (i)  10  consecutive  trading  days  or  (ii)  15  out  of  25
consecutive trading days.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Private Placement, the Company has agreed that, if, at any time after February 1, 2014, the Company files a
Registration  Statement  relating  to  an  offering  of  equity  securities  of  the  Company  (the  “Registration  Statement”),  subject  to  certain
exceptions, including a Registration Statement relating solely to an offering or sale of securities having an aggregate public offering price
of less than $5,000,000, the Company shall include in the Registration Statement the resale of the shares of common stock underlying the
Warrants. Shares of common stock issued upon conversion of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock or in payment of the dividend on the
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock will not be registered and will not be subject to registration rights. This right is subject to customary
conditions and procedures.

Series K Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 12, 2013, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase with various individuals pursuant to which the Company sold
an aggregate of 4,000 units for a purchase price of $250.00 per unit (the “Purchase Price”), for an aggregate Purchase Price of $1,000,000.
Each  unit  purchased  in  the  initial  tranche  consists  of  (i)  one  share  of  a  newly  created  series  of  preferred  stock,  designated  Series  K
Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series K Convertible Preferred Stock”), convertible into 1,000 shares of the
Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share and (ii) a warrant to purchase 500 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal
to  $0.3125  per  share.  The  warrants  expire  three  years  from  the  issuance  date.  Of  the  $1,000,000  invested  in  the  Private  Placement,
$572,044  was  received  in  cash  and  $427,956  was  from  the  conversion  of  outstanding  indebtedness  and  interest.  The  Company  incurred
$43,334 of fees in conjunction with this private placement. The purchasers in the initial tranche of the private placement consisted of certain
existing and new investors in the Company as well as all of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors.

From the date of issuance of any shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and until the earlier of the first anniversary of such
date,  the  voluntary  conversion  of  any  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  or  the  date  of  any  mandatory  conversion  (solely
under the Company’s control based upon certain triggering events) of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, dividends will accrue on
each share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock at an annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) of the Purchase Price on those shares of Series
K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  purchased  from  the  Company  pursuant  to  the  Securities  Purchase Agreement  by  an  individual  purchaser
who purchased from the Company shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock with an aggregate Purchase Price of less than $100,000,
and  (ii)  six  percent  (6%)  of  the  Purchase  Price  on  those  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  purchased  from  the  Company
pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who purchased shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock
with an aggregate purchase price of at least $100,000. Dividends accruing on the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock shall accrue from
day  to  day  until  the  earlier  of  the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  of  issuance  of  such  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible  Stock,  the  voluntary
conversion  of  any  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  or  the  date  of  any  mandatory  conversion  of  the  Series  K  Convertible
Preferred Stock, and shall be paid, as applicable, within fifteen (15) days of the first anniversary of the original issue date of the Series K
Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  within  five  (5)  days  of  the  voluntary  conversion  of  shares  of  the  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  or
within five (5) days of the mandatory conversion of shares of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock. The Company may pay accrued
dividends on the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, in shares
of its common stock in accordance with a specified formula.

Each share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock at the option of the holder on or
after the six-month anniversary of the issuance of such share, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and
similar transactions (the “Conversion Ratio”). Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of Series K Convertible Preferred
Stock, such holder’s shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial
ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

At  the  election  of  the  Company  and  upon  required  advance  notice,  each  share  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will
automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) on or after the six-month anniversary of
the original issuance date of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, the common stock trades on the OTC QB Market (or other primary
trading  market  or  exchange  on  which  the  common  stock  is  then  traded)  at  a  price  per  share  equal  to  at  least  $0.80  for  7  out  of  10
consecutive trading days with average daily trading volume of at least 50,000 shares, (ii) on the first anniversary of the original issuance
date of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock or (iii) within three days of the completion of a firm-commitment underwritten registered
public offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least $0.80, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than
$2.5 million. Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series K
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  may  not  be  converted  if  upon  such  conversion  the  holder’s  beneficial  ownership  would  exceed  certain
thresholds.

- 64 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The proceeds from the sale of each Series K Unit were allocated between the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series K
Warrants based on the relative fair value method. The estimated fair value of the Series K Warrants was determined using a Black-Scholes
formula, resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds of $271,422 to the total warrants issued. The allocation of the gross proceeds to the
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock was $685,245, net of $43,334 in fees. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 470-20, an additional
adjustment in the aggregate between Additional Paid in Capital and Accumulated Deficit of $1,495,415 was recorded for all tranches of
Series K to reflect an implicit, deemed non-cash dividend related to the allocation of proceeds between the stock and warrants issued. The
$1,495,415 represents the aggregate value of the adjustment to additional paid in capital related to the beneficial conversion feature of the
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock. The value adjustment was calculated by subtracting the fair market value of the underlying common
stock on the closing dates issuable upon conversion of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock from the fair market value of the Series K
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  as  determined  when  the  Company  performed  a  fair  market  value  allocation  of  the  proceeds  to  the  Series  K
Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants.

On January 29, 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with various accredited investors, pursuant to which
the Company sold an aggregate of 4,875 units for a purchase price of $250.00 per unit or an aggregate Purchase Price of $1,218,750. This
was the second tranche of a $1.5 million private placement previously disclosed by the Company in its Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2013, which is incorporated by reference herein. The Purchasers in the
second tranche of the Private Placement consisted of certain existing and new investors in the Company, as well as all of the members of
the Company’s board of directors.

Each unit purchased in the second tranche consists of (i) one share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share,
convertible  into  1,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  and  (ii)  a  warrant  to  purchase  500  shares  of
common stock at an exercise price equal to $0.3125 per share, with a term expiring on January 29, 2017.

On February 28, 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with various accredited investors, pursuant to which
the Company sold an aggregate of 1,854 units for a purchase price of $340.00 per unit or an aggregate Purchase Price of $630,360. This
was the third tranche of a $1.5 million private placement previously disclosed by the Company in its Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2013, which is incorporated by reference herein. The Purchasers in the
third tranche of the Private Placement consisted of certain existing and new investors in the Company.

Each unit purchased in the third tranche consists of (i) one share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share
convertible  into  1,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  and  (ii)  a  warrant  to  purchase  500  shares  of
common stock at an exercise price equal to $0.425 per share, with a term expiring on February 28, 2017.

On June 30, 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with various accredited investors, pursuant to which the
Company sold an aggregate of 734 units for a purchase price of $300.00 per unit or an aggregate Purchase Price of $220,000. This was the
fourth tranche of a $1.5 million private placement previously disclosed by the Company in its Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  December  12,  2013,  which  is  incorporated  by  reference  herein.  The  Purchasers  in  the  fourth
tranche of the Private Placement consisted of certain existing and new investors in the Company.

Each unit purchased in the fourth tranche consists of (i) one share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share
convertible  into  1,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  and  (ii)  a  warrant  to  purchase  500  shares  of
common stock at an exercise price equal to $0.375 per share, with a term expiring on June 30, 2017.

On  November  12,  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Securities  Purchase Agreement  with  various  accredited  investors,  pursuant  to
which the Company sold an aggregate of 1,052 units for a purchase price of $250.00 per unit or an aggregate Purchase Price of $263,000.
This was the fifth tranche of a $1.5 million private placement previously disclosed by the Company in its Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2013, which is incorporated by reference herein. The Purchasers in the
fourth tranche of the Private Placement consisted of certain existing and new investors in the Company.

- 65 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each unit purchased in the fifth tranche consists of (i) one share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share
convertible  into  1,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  and  (ii)  a  warrant  to  purchase  500  shares  of
common stock at an exercise price equal to $0.3125 per share, with a term expiring on November 12, 2017.

The Private Placement was originally expected to raise $1.5 million and close on or before January 31, 2014. On January 29, 2014, the
Company’s Board of Directors voted to increase the subscription amount of the Private Placement by $718,750. The Board of Directors
also  voted  to  extend  the  Private  Placement  until  February  28,  2014.  On  February  28,  2014  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  voted  to
increase the subscription amount once again to a total of $3.5 million and extended the closing to April 4, 2014. On April 13, 2014 the
Company’s Board of Directors voted to increase the subscription amount by $1 million, to a total of $4.5 million, and extended the closing
to May 31, 2014. On July 7, 2014 the Company’s Board of Directors voted to extend the closing to August 15, 2014. Together with the
initial tranche of $1,000,000 that closed on December 12, 2013, the second tranche of $1,218,750 that closed January 29, 2014, the third
tranche  of  $630,360  that  closed  February  28,  2014,  the  fourth  tranche  of  $220,000  that  closed  June  30,  2014,  and  the  fifth  tranche  of
$263,000 that closed November 12, 2014,the total consideration received by the Company in the Private Placement is $3,332,110, which is
comprised of $2,511,404 in cash and $820,706 from the conversion of outstanding indebtedness and Board of Director fees. The placement
was closed after the November 12, 2014 round.

On  September  22,  2014  the  Company  issued  64,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  the  conversion  of  64  shares  of  Series  K  Preferred

Convertible Stock.

In connection with the Series K Warrants, we calculated the fair value of the warrants received as described above using the Black-

Scholes formula with the below assumptions:

Assumptions
Contractual life (in
months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per warrant

Series K
Warrants

Series K
Warrants 

Series K
Warrants 

Series K
Warrants 

December 12, 2013    

January 29, 2014    

February 28, 2014    

June 30, 2014    

Series K
Warrants 
November 12, 2014  

36 
136.1 
0.39%   
  $
  $

0.3125 
0.20 

36 
152.4 
0.39%   
  $
  $

0.3125 
0.30 

36 
152.7 
0.39%   
  $
  $

0.425 
0.37 

36 
153.9 
0.90%   
  $
  $

0.375 
0.29 

36 
153.9 
0.90%

0.3125 
0.23 

  $
  $

The  holders  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  vote  on  any  matters  presented  to  the  stockholders  of  the
Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of
meeting), except as required by law. The Company accrued dividends of $23,194 and $143,771 for 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Series K Warrants

The warrants issued in the Private Placement have an exercise price equal to $0.3125 per share, for the December 12, 2013 and January
29, 2014 warrants, $0.425 per share for the February 28, 2014 warrants, $0.375 per share for the June 30, 2014 warrants and $0.3125 per
share for the November 12, 2014 warrants, with a term expiring three years from the issuance date. The warrants also permit the holder to
conduct a “cashless exercise” at any time the holder of the warrant is an affiliate of the Company. The exercise price  and/or  number  of
shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  warrants  will  be  subject  to  adjustment  for  stock  dividends,  stock  splits  or  similar  capital
reorganizations, as set forth in the warrant agreement.

Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  warrants,  at  any  time  commencing  six  months  from  the  closing  date  of  the  sale  of  Units
under the Securities Purchase Agreement the Company has the right to call the warrants for cancellation if the volume weighted average
price of its common stock on the OTC QB Market (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded)
equals  or  exceeds  three  times  the  per  share  exercise  price  of  the  warrants  for  either  (i)  10  consecutive  trading  days  or  (ii)  15  out  of  25
consecutive trading days.

- 66 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Private Placement, the Company has agreed that, if, at any time after February 1, 2014, the Company files a
Registration  Statement  relating  to  an  offering  of  equity  securities  of  the  Company  (the  “Registration  Statement”),  subject  to  certain
exceptions, including a Registration Statement relating solely to an offering or sale of securities having an aggregate public offering price
of less than $5,000,000, the Company shall include in the Registration Statement the resale of the shares of common stock underlying the
warrants. Shares of common stock issued upon conversion of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock or in payment of the dividend on the
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock will not be registered and will not be subject to registration rights. This right is subject to customary
conditions and procedures.

Common Stock

Stock Options and Warrants

Our stockholders approved our amended 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”) pursuant to which an aggregate of 1,800,000
shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of stock options or other equity awards made under the 2005 Plan.
Under  the  2005  Plan,  we  may  award  stock  options,  shares  of  common  stock,  and  other  equity  interests  in  the  Company  to  employees,
officers, directors, consultants, and advisors, and to any other persons the Board of Directors deems appropriate. As of December 31, 2015,
options to acquire 1,395,750 shares were outstanding under the 2005 Plan with 344,250 shares available for future grant under the Plan.

On December 12, 2013 at the Company’s special meeting the shareholders approved the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ 2013 Plan”)
pursuant to which 3,000,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of stock options or other equity awards
under the 2013 Plan. Under the Plan, we may award stock options, shares of common stock, and other equity interests in the Company to
employees,  officers,  directors,  consultants,  and  advisors,  and  to  any  other  persons  the  Board  of  Directors  deems  appropriate.  As  of
December  31,  2015,  options  to  acquire  2,107,500  shares  were  outstanding  under  the  Plan  with  892,500  shares  available  for  future  grant
under the 2013 Plan.

- 67 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  November  29,  2015  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  adopted  the  2015  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  “ 2015  Plan”)
pursuant to which 5,000,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of non-qualified stock options under the
2015 Plan. Under the Plan, we may award non-qualified stock options in the Company to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and
advisors, and to any other persons the Board of Directors deems appropriate. As of December 31, 2015, non-qualified options to acquire
2,068,000 shares were outstanding under the Plan with 2,932,000 shares available for future grants under the 2015 Plan.

All of the outstanding non-qualified options had an exercise price that was at or above the Company’s common stock share price on

December 31, 2015.

The following tables summarize information concerning options and warrants outstanding and exercisable:

Stock Options

Warrants

Total

Balance outstanding, January 1, 2014

Granted
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited

Balance outstanding, December 31, 2014

Granted
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited

Balance outstanding, December 31, 2015

Weighted
Average
price per
share

Shares

0.71      15,012,327    $
0.30      8,903,000     
-      (4,208,658)    
(524,468)    
1.00     
-     
0.71     
0.51      19,182,201    $
0.40      10,837,141     
-     
-     
1.00     
(791,678)    
-     
0.70     
0.44      29,227,664    $

  Shares
    1,771,708    $
    1,675,500     
-     
(10,000)    
(30,958)    
    3,406,250    $
    2,500,000     
-     
(205,000)    
(130,000)    
    5,571,250    $

Weighted
Average
price per
share

Shares

    Exercisable  
0.57      16,784,035      16,611,528 
0.38      10,578,500     
0.25      (4,208,658)    
(534,468)    
0.74     
(30,958)    
-     
0.49      22,588,451      20,858,111 
0.40      13,401,426     
-     
(996,678)    
(130,000)    
0.44      34,863,199      31,664,469 

-     
0.31     
-     

The weighted average fair value of options issued on their grant dates was $0.27 for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Options Outstanding

    Weighted Average

Options Exercisable

    Weighted Average

Range of Exercise Prices
$0.30 - $0.39
0.40 - 0.49
0.50 - 0.59
0.60 - 0.69
0.70 - 1.25
$0.30 - $1.25

Number of
Options
    1,675,500     
    2,811,000     
226,250     
402,500     
456,000     
    5,571,250     

Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)    

Exercise
Price

Number of
Options

Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)    

Exercise
Price

8.7    $
9.7     
6.6     
4.1     
2.1     
8.3    $

986,612     
0.30     
311,000     
0.40     
226,250     
0.50     
392,658     
0.60     
1.00     
456,000     
0.44      2,372,520     

8.7    $
7.4     
6.6     
4.1     
2.1     
6.3    $

0.30 
0.40 
0.50 
0.60 
1.00 
0.52 

There was $740,117 of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested stock options granted
as of December 31, 2015. This cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 2.45 years, and will be adjusted for any future changes in
estimated forfeitures.

The Series D Warrants issued in connection with the registered direct offering of Series D Convertible Preferred are measured at fair
value  and  liability-classified  because  the  Series  D  Warrants  contain  “down-round  protection”  and  therefore,  do  not  meet  the  scope
exception for treatment as a derivative under ASC 815,  Derivatives and Hedging, (“ASC 815”). Since “down-round protection” is not an
input into the calculation of the fair value of the warrants, the warrants cannot be considered indexed to the Company’s own stock which is
a  requirement  for  the  scope  exception  as  outlined  under ASC  815.  The  estimated  fair  value  of  the  warrants  was  determined  using  the
binomial model, resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds $283,725 to the warrants issued in the Series D registered direct offering.
The fair value will be affected by changes in inputs to that model including our stock price, expected stock price volatility, the contractual
term, and the risk-free interest rate. We will continue to classify the fair value of the warrants as a liability until the warrants are exercised,
expire or are amended in a way that would no longer require these warrants to be classified as a liability, whichever comes first. The down-
round protection for the Series D Warrants survives for the life of the Series D Warrants, which ends in May 2017. During the year ended
December 31, 2014 a total of 596,658 warrants were exercised at an exercise price of $0.25 resulting in net proceeds to the Company of
$149,165.

In connection with the senior secured convertible debentures issued in our still open private placement with closings in 2015, we issued
warrants to the lenders to purchase an aggregate 8,767,857 shares of the Common Stock, at an exercise price of $0.40 per share, expiring
five  years  after  the  issuance  date.  We  also  issued  warrants  to  the  placement  agent  to  purchase  an  aggregate  1,689,286  shares  of  the
Common Stock, at an exercise price of $0.40 per share, expiring five years after the issuance date.

- 68 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
We extended the expiration dates to two more years on certain warrants related to bridge loans. These warrants were originally issued

with a three year expiration. The incremental value for the warrant extension was $69,627 which was recognized as interest expense.

We recorded expense of $93,488 in 2015 relating to warrants issued in 2014 for services that were performed.

Common Stock Issuances

With respect to the convertible debenture for $223,000 signed by the Company on December 4, 2013, a lender, with the prior approval
of the Company, chose to convert a portion of the outstanding note balance into shares of the Company’s common stock, and to extend the
note for approximately 45 days after each conversion, as follows:

On January 14, 2015 $25,000 was converted into 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On February 25, 2015 $38,000 was converted into 140,741 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On April 10, 2015 $35,000 was converted into 140,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On May 29, 2015 $35,000 was converted into 140,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On July 21, 2015 $20,000 was converted into 80,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On August 13, 2015 $40,000 was converted into 160,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On September 25, 2015 $30,000 was converted into 120,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

For  each  extension,  the  Company  paid  a  fee  of  $13,000,  $13,000,  $10,000,  and  $8,000,  respectively.  This  note  was  paid  off  in  its

entirety on November 5, 2015.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  the  Company  issued  1,755,091  shares  with  a  fair  value  of  $457,030  for  consulting  and

investor relation services.

On August 14, 2015, the Company closed a Securities Exchange Agreement with Everest Investments Holdings of Warsaw, Poland
under  which  Everest  purchased  1,000,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  restricted  Common  Stock  at  a  purchase  price  of  $0.50/share.  In
exchange, the Company received 601,500 shares of Everest Investments (“Everest”), a publicly-traded company on the Main Market of the
Warsaw Stock Exchange. The shares of Everest were valued at approximately $400,000 as of the closing date.

With respect to the convertible debenture for $150,000 signed by the Company on June 4, 2014, a lender, with prior approval of the
Company, chose to convert a portion of the outstanding note balance into shares of the Company’s common stock, and to extend the note
for approximately 30 days after each conversion, as follows:

On February 18, 2015 $25,000 was converted into 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On March 18, 2015 $22,500 was converted into 90,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On March 31, 2015 $27,500 was converted into 110,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On April 17, 2015 $30,000 was converted into 120,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

With respect to the convertible debenture for $75,000 signed by the Company on November 10, 2014, a lender, upon the request of the
Company, on June 8, 2015 agreed to extend the conversion date of the note until July 20, 2015. The lender received 40,000 shares of the
Company’s common stock in exchange for the extension. The Company recorded $10,000 to interest expense for this transaction. This note
was paid off in its entirety on July 24, 2015.

On  various  dates  in  December  2015,  $58,919  of  existing  convertible  debt  and  interest  was  converted  into  235,676  shares  of  the

Company’s common stock.

- 69 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(11) Subsequent Events

Since January 1, 2016, the Company received $1,419,667 in net proceeds from the sale of convertible debentures and $256,660 in net

proceeds from short- term promissory notes.

On  various  dates  from  January  to  March  2016  the  Company  issued  205,000  shares  of  restricted  common  stock  to  investor  relations

firms for services rendered.

On January 12, 2016 SCIEX, a global leader in life science analytical technologies (Framingham, MA) and a wholly-owned subsidiary
of  Danaher  Corporation  (NYSE:  DHR),  announced  an  exclusive  co-marketing  agreement  with  PBI  to  improve  protein  quantification  in
complex samples.

- 70 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM  9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE.

None

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 filings are recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and
forms,  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  President  and  Chief  Executive
Officer  (Principal  Executive  Officer)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (Principal  Financial  Officer),  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions
regarding  required  disclosure.  In  designing  and  evaluating  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management  recognized  that  any
controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control
objectives,  as  ours  are  designed  to  do,  and  management  was  necessarily  required  to  apply  its  judgment  in  evaluating  the  cost-benefit
relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As of December 31, 2015, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including
our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and
procedures,  as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934.  Based  upon  that  evaluation,  our
principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  not  effective  as  of
December 31, 2015 due to limited resources for adequate personnel to prepare and file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
within the required periods, and material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our accounting for complex
equity  transactions  as  described  below  under  the  heading  “Report  of  Management  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting”.
Management plans to remediate this weakness by taking the actions described below.

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial
reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under  the  Exchange Act,  as  a  process  designed  by,  or  under  the  supervision  of  our
principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers  and  effected  by  our  board  of  directors,  management  and  other  personnel  to  provide
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

● pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of our assets;

● provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of
our management and directors; and

● provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that

could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Our  internal  control  system  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  our  management  and  board  of  directors  regarding  the
preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may
not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We  have  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2015.  In  making  this
assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework (2013).

Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2015, the Company did not maintain effective internal control

over financial reporting because of the effect of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting discussed below.

Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board Auditing  Standard  No.  2  defines  a  material  weakness  as  a  significant  deficiency,  or
combination of significant deficiencies, that results in there being a more than remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual
or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Based upon this definition, our management concluded
that, as of December 31, 2015, a material weakness existed in our internal control over financial reporting related to accounting for complex
equity transactions.

- 71 - 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specifically, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting related to the following matters:

● We identified a lack of sufficient segregation of duties. Specifically, this material weakness is such that the design over these  areas
relies  primarily  on  detective  controls  and  could  be  strengthened  by  adding  preventative  controls  to  properly  safeguard Company
assets.

● Management has identified a lack of sufficient personnel in the accounting function due to our limited resources with appropriate
skills, training and experience to perform the review processes to ensure the complete and proper application of generally accepted
accounting principles, particularly as it relates to valuation of warrants and other complex debt /equity transactions. Specifically, this
material weakness resulted in audit adjustments to the annual consolidated financial statements and revisions to related disclosures,
valuation of warrants and other equity transactions.

● Limited policies and procedures that cover recording and reporting of financial transactions.

Our plan to remediate those material weaknesses is as follows:

● Improve the effectiveness of the accounting group by augmenting our existing resources with additional consultants or employees to
assist  in  the  analysis  and  recording  of  complex  accounting  transactions,  and  to  simultaneously  achieve  desired  organizational
structuring for improved segregation of duties. We plan to mitigate this identified deficiency by hiring an independent consultant
once we generate significantly more revenue or raise significant additional working capital.

● Improve expert review and achieve desired segregation procedures by strengthening cross approval of various functions including

quarterly internal audit procedures where appropriate.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2015 that have

materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

- 72 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors

The following table sets forth information about the individuals who serve as our directors as of December 31, 2015.

Name

  Age

Position

Board Committees

  Term of office

Richard T. Schumacher

65   President, Chief Executive Officer,
Treasurer, Clerk and Director

Jeffrey N. Peterson

60   Chairman of the Board

  Audit, Compensation, Nominating

Dr. Mickey Urdea

63   Director

Vito J. Mangiardi

66   Director

  Audit, Compensation, Nominating

Kevin A. Pollack

45   Director

  Audit, Compensation, Nominating

2017

2018

2018

2016

2016

The  following  noteworthy  experience,  qualifications,  attributes  and  skills  for  each  Board  member,  together  with  the  biographical
information  for  each  nominee  described  below,  led  to  our  conclusion  that  the  person  should  serve  as  a  director  of  PBI  in  light  of  our
business and structure:

Mr. Richard T. Schumacher , the founder of the Company, has served as a director of the Company since 1978. He has served as the
Company’s Chief Executive Officer since April 16, 2004 and President since September 14, 2004. He previously served as Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company from 1992 to February 2003. From July 9, 2003 until April 14, 2004 he served as a
consultant to the Company pursuant to a consulting agreement. He served as President of the Company from 1978 to August 1999. Mr.
Schumacher  served  as  the  Director  of  Infectious  Disease  Services  for  Clinical  Sciences  Laboratory,  a  New  England-based  medical
reference laboratory, from 1986 to 1988. From 1972 to 1985, Mr. Schumacher was employed by the Center for Blood Research, a nonprofit
medical  research  institute  associated  with  Harvard  Medical  School.  Mr.  Schumacher  received  a  B.S.  in  Zoology  from  the  University  of
New Hampshire.

- 73 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Jeffrey N. Peterson has served as a director of the Company since July 2011 and as Chairman of the Board starting in 2012. Since
1999,  he  has  served  as  the  chief  executive  officer  of  Target  Discovery,  Inc.  (“TDI”),  a  personalized  medicine  diagnostics  (PMDx)
company. Mr. Peterson also serves as Chairman of TDI’s majority-owned subsidiary, Veritomyx, Inc., which is completing development
and commercialization of software tools for accurate peptide, protein and isoform identification and characterization. Prior to incorporating
and  joining  TDI,  Mr.  Peterson  served  as  CEO  of  Sharpe,  Peterson,  Ocheltree  &  Associates,  an  international  business  development
consulting  firm  assisting  Fortune  500  and  many  smaller  firms  in  business  expansion  and  strategy.  Prior  to  that,  he  spent  9  years  in  key
management roles in Abbott Laboratories’ Diagnostics and International (Pharmaceuticals, Hospital Products, Nutritionals, and Consumer)
businesses,  last  serving  as  CEO  and  General  Manager  of Abbott  South Africa.  Mr.  Peterson’s  experience  prior  to Abbott  Laboratories
included  11  years  with  General  Electric’s  Engineered  Materials  and  Plastics  businesses,  spanning  roles  in  strategic  planning,  business
development,  technology  licensing,  marketing  and  sales,  operations,  quality  control  and  R&D.  Mr.  Peterson  holds  BSChE  and  MSChE
(Chemical Engineering) degrees from MIT, as well as 6 issued US and many related international patents, and has authored articles in peer-
reviewed  scientific  journals.  Mr.  Peterson  is  Chair  Emeritus  of  the  BayBio  Institute,  a  non-profit  organization  serving  the  regional  life
science  community.  He  served  for  12  years  on  the  Board  of  BayBio,  the  trade  association  for  the  life  sciences  industry  in  Northern
California. He was a cofounder of the Coalition for 21st Century Medicine, and of BIO’s Personalized Medicine & Diagnostics Working
Group, and served on the board of Advisors for the Center for Professional Development and Entrepreneurship at the University of Texas
MD Anderson Cancer Center. Mr. Peterson has lived and worked overseas for 18 years, in the Middle East, Europe and Africa, and is Chair
Emeritus of the American International School of Johannesburg.

Mr. Vito J. Mangiardi  has served as a director of the Company since July 2012. Mr. Mangiardi is an accomplished senior executive
with proven experience as a President, CEO and COO in the Life Sciences and Bio Energy product and service sectors. He is a strong P&L
performer and corporate strategist in General Management, Operations, Sales/Marketing, and Science. Mr. Mangiardi has held positions as
a  Research  Chemist  for  Bio-Rad  Laboratories,  Inc.;  Sales  &  Marketing  Director  for  Baxter  Travenol,  Inc.;  Executive  VP  and  COO  for
Quintiles  Transnational  Corp.;  President  and  CEO  of  Diagnostics  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Clingenix,  Inc.,  and  Bilcare,  Inc.;  and  President  of
AAI Pharma, Inc. More recently he was the COO/Deputy Director of Operations and Production at the University of California Lawrence
Berkeley National Laboratory Joint Genome Institute. Mr. Mangiardi has experience with three start-ups, two midsize, and several mature
companies,  and  has  international  experience  leading  and  managing  organizations  on  four  continents.  He  has  vast  experience  in  leading
alliances,  acquisitions,  due  diligence,  and  post-acquisition  assimilation.  Mr.  Mangiardi  has  been  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of  three
companies and has proven success in working with both national and international investment groups to raise funds. Mr. Mangiardi earned
a BS in Biology/Chemistry from Eastern Illinois University and two MBA degrees from Golden Gate University - in General Management
and in Marketing. Mr. Mangiardi is listed as an inventor in four patents and various publications in protein separation techniques in the area
of  metabolism,  thyroid,  anemia/hematology  and  cancer,  and  is  a  member  of  numerous  professional  organizations.  Mr.  Mangiardi  is  the
founding  partner,  President  and  CEO  of  Marin  Bay  Partners,  LLC  (MBP),  a  consulting  firm  focused  on  life  sciences,  pharmaceutical
development and clinical diagnostics.

Mr.  Kevin  A.  Pollack  has  served  as  a  director  of  the  Company  since  July  2012.  Mr.  Pollack  is  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Opiant
Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.  (OPNT-OTCQB),  a  speciality  pharmaceutical  company  developing  pharmacological  treatments  for  substance  use,
addictive, and eating disorders. He has been an investment banker and securities attorney at Banc of America Securities LLC and Sidley
Austin  LLP  (formerly  Brown  &  Wood  LLP),  respectively,  and  has  previous  asset  management  experience  at  Paragon  Capital  LP.  Mr.
Pollack is a magna cum laude graduate of the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and holds J.D. and M.B.A. degrees from
Vanderbilt  University,  where  he  graduated  with  Beta  Gamma  Sigma  honors.  Currently,  he  sits  on  the  Boards  of  Directors  of  Opiant
Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.  and  MagneGas  Corporation  (MNGA-NASDAQ),  an  alternative  energy  company.  Mr.  Pollack  also  is  President  of
Short Hills Capital LLC.

Dr. Michael S. “Mickey” Urdea  has served as a director of the Company since February 8, 2013. Dr. Urdea is a Founder and Partner
for Halteres Associates, a biotechnology consulting firm. He also founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Tethys Bioscience, a
proteomics-based  diagnostics  company  involved  in  preventative  personalized  medicine.  Additionally,  Dr.  Urdea  is  a  founder  and  the
Chairman  of  Catalysis  Foundation  for  Health,  an  organization  addressing  gaps  in  global  healthcare  caused  by  inefficiencies  in  disease
diagnosis and monitoring. He serves as an expert consultant to the life sciences industry and is on the scientific advisory boards and boards
of  directors  of  a  number  of  biotechnology,  diagnostics,  venture  capital  and  philanthropic  organizations.  Prior  to  his  current  business
activities,  Dr.  Urdea  founded  the  Nucleic Acid  Diagnostics  group  at  Chiron  Corporation,  and  with  colleagues,  invented  branched  DNA
molecules for amplification of signal in nucleic acid complexes. Application of this technology resulted in the first commercial products for
quantification  of  human  hepatitis  B,  hepatitis  C,  and  human  immunodeficiency  viruses  (HBV,  HCV  and  HIV,  respectively).  He  then
became business head of the Molecular Diagnostics group and Chief Scientific Officer at Bayer Diagnostics. He continues to serve as a
diagnostics industry, product development and scientific advisor to the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, acted as co-chair of two of the
Grand Challenges grant review committees, and served as a member of its Diagnostic Forum. Dr. Urdea is an author on nearly 200 peer-
reviewed  scientific  publications,  nearly  300  abstracts  and  international  scientific  presentations,  and  more  than  100  issued  and  pending
patents. He received his BS in Biology and Chemistry from Northern Arizona University in Flagstaff and his Ph.D in Biochemistry from
Washington State University.

- 74 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Officers

The information under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is

incorporated herein by this reference.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s executive officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of

the Company’s common stock, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership on Forms 3, 4 and 5 with the SEC.

Based  solely  on  the  Company’s  review  of  the  copies  of  such  Forms  and  written  representations  from  certain  reporting  persons,  the
Company believes that all filings required to be made by the Company’s Section 16(a) reporting persons during the Company’s fiscal year
ended December 31, 2015 were made on a timely basis.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have adopted a Code of Ethics for senior financial officers that applies
to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, and other persons performing similar
functions.  A  copy  of  the  code  of  ethics  is  posted  on,  and  may  be  obtained  free  of  charge  from  our  Internet  website  at
http://www.pressurebiosciences.com.  If  we  make  any  amendments  to  this  Code  of  Ethics  or  grant  any  waiver,  including  any  implicit
waiver, from a provision of this Code of Ethics to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer,
controller, or other persons performing similar functions, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver, the name of the person
to whom the waiver was granted and the date of waiver in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Corporate Governance

Term of Office

Our  directors  are  appointed  for  a  three-year  term  to  hold  office  until  the  annual  general  meeting  of  our  shareholders  or  until
removed from office in accordance with our bylaws. Our officers are appointed by our board of directors and hold office until removed by
the board.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee was established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Messrs. Pollack

(chairman), Mangiardi and Peterson are currently the members of the Audit Committee.

The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Pollack qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)

of Regulation S-K and is “independent” as defined by SEC and OTC Market rules.

The Audit  Committee  operates  pursuant  to  a  written  charter  (the  “Audit  Committee  Charter”),  a  current  copy  of  which  is  publicly
available on the investor relations portion of the Company’s website at www.pressurebiosciences.com. Under the provisions of the Audit
Committee  Charter,  the  primary  functions  of  the  Audit  Committee  are  to  assist  the  Board  of  Directors  with  the  oversight  of  (i)  the
Company’s financial reporting process, accounting functions, and internal controls, and (ii) the qualifications, independence, appointment,
retention, compensation, and performance of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee is also
responsible for the establishment of “whistle-blowing” procedures, and the oversight of other compliance matters.

Compensation Committee

The  Board  of  Directors  has  a  Compensation  Committee,  consisting  of  Messrs.  Peterson,  Pollack  and  Mangiardi.  The  Compensation
Committee’s duties include (i) reviewing and approving our executive compensation, (ii) reviewing the recommendations of the president
and chief executive officer regarding the compensation of our executive officers, (iii) evaluating the performance of the president and chief
executive  officer,  (iv)  overseeing  the  administration  and  approval  of  grants  of  stock  options  and  other  equity  awards  under  our  equity
incentive plans, and (v) recommending compensation for our board of directors and each committee thereof for review and approval by the
board of directors. The Compensation Committee operates pursuant to a written charter, a current copy of which is publicly available on the
investor relations portion of our website at www.pressurebiosciences.com.

- 75 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

● been convicted  in  a  criminal  proceeding  or  been  subject  to  a  pending  criminal  proceeding  (excluding  traffic  violations  and  other

minor offenses);

● had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business
association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within  two  years
prior to that time;

● been subject  to  any  order,  judgment,  or  decree,  not  subsequently  reversed,  suspended  or  vacated,  of  any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction or  federal  or  state  authority,  permanently  or  temporarily  enjoining,  barring,  suspending  or  otherwise  limiting,  his
involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities,
or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

● been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity
Futures  Trading  Commission  to  have  violated  a  federal  or  state  securities  or  commodities  law,  and  the  judgment  has  not  been
reversed, suspended, or vacated;

● been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently
reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged
violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or
insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil
money  penalty  or  temporary  or  permanent  cease-and-desist  order,  or  removal  or  prohibition  order,  or any  law  or  regulation
prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

● been the  subject  of,  or  a  party  to,  any  sanction  or  order,  not  subsequently  reversed,  suspended  or  vacated,  of  any  self-regulatory
organization  (as  defined  in  Section  3(a)(26)  of  the  Exchange Act),  any  registered  entity  (as  defined  in  Section  1(a)(29)  of  the
Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority  over its
members or persons associated with a member.

Except  as  set  forth  in  our  discussion  below  in  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions,”  none  of  our  directors  or  executive
officers has been involved in any transactions with us or any of our directors, executive officers, affiliates or associates which are required
to be disclosed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission.

- 76 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Officer Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The Summary Compensation Table below sets forth the total compensation paid or earned for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015
and 2014 for: (i) each individual serving as our chief executive officer (“CEO”) or acting in a  similar  capacity  during  any  part  of  fiscal
2015;  and  (ii)  the  other  two  most  highly  paid  executive  officers  (collectively,  the  “Named  Executive  Officers”)  who  were  serving  as
executive officers at the end of fiscal 2015.

Name and Principal
Position

Fiscal
Year   Salary(1)     Bonus    

Stock
Awards    

Option
Awards(2)    

Non-Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earning

All other

Compensation(3)     Total

Richard T. Schumacher 
President, CEO

2015  $294,250    $
2014 

  294,250   

-    $
-   

-    $ 343,000    $
-   

71,910   

-    $
-   

16,098    $653,348 
  437,040 
70,880   

Edmund Ting, Ph.D 
Senior Vice President of
Engineering

2015 
2014 

  197,600   
  197,600   

Alexander Lazarev, Ph.D 
Vice President of  
Research and Development

2015 
2014 

  165,600   
  165,600   

-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   

35,672   
47,940   

31,556   
35,955   

-   
-   

-   
-   

1,216   
1,670   

  234,488 
  247,210 

7,656   
7,910   

  204,812 
  209,465 

(1) Salary refers to base salary compensation paid through our normal payroll process. No bonus was paid to any named executive officer
for 2015 or 2014.

(2) Amounts shown do not reflect compensation received by the Named Executive Officers. Instead, the amounts shown are the aggregate
grant  date  fair  value  as  determined  pursuant  to  FASB  ASC  718,  Compensation-Stock  Compensation.  Please  refer  to  Note  2,  xiii,
“Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2015, for the relevant assumptions used to determine the valuation of stock option grants.

(3) “All Other Compensation” includes our Company match to the executives’ 401(k) contribution and premiums paid on life insurance for
the executives. Both of these benefits are available to all of our employees. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, “All Other Compensation” also
includes  $13,448  in  premiums  we  paid  for  a  life  insurance  policy  to  which  Mr.  Schumacher’s  wife  is  the  beneficiary  and  $50,927  in
payments for earned but unused paid time off. “All Other Compensation” for Dr. Lazarev includes $6,000 paid to Dr. Lazarev in lieu of his
participation in the medical benefit plan offered by the Company.

- 77 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding stock options awards for each of the Named Executive

Officers as of December 31, 2015.

Name

Richard T. Schumacher
President, CEO

Edmund Y. Ting, Ph.D
Senior Vice President of Engineering

Alexander V. Lazarev, Ph.D
Vice President of Research & Development

Option Awards

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options 
Unexercisable (1)  

Option Exercise
Price ($)

Option
Expiration Date  

30,000   
70,000   
75,000   
15,000   
30,000   
75,000   
150,006   
104,167   

12,000   
60,000   
42,000   
15,000   
17,500   
54,000   
100,004   
10,833   

50,000   
10,000   
35,000   
15,000   
15,000   
45,000   
75,003   
9,583   

  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
- 
  $
149,994(2)  $
1,145,833(3)  $

  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
- 
  $
99,996(2)  $
119,167(3)  $

  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
- 
  $
74,997(2)  $
105,417(3)  $

1.00   
1.00   
0.60   
1.00   
0.60   
0.40   
0.30   
0.40   

1.00   
1.00   
0.60   
1.00   
0.60   
0.40   
0.30   
0.40   

1.00   
1.00   
0.60   
1.00   
0.60   
0.40   
0.30   
0.40   

3/30/2016 
2/12/2017 
3/12/2019 
9/9/2021 
3/13/2022 
5/14/2023 
9/24/2024 
12/31/2025 

3/30/2016 
4/24/2016 
2/12/2017 
9/9/2021 
3/13/2022
5/14/2023
9/24/2024 
12/31/2025 

3/30/2016 
2/12/2017 
3/12/2019 
9/9/2021 
3/13/2022 
5/14/2023 
9/24/2024 
12/31/2025 

(1) All unvested  stock  options  listed  in  this  column  were  granted  to  the  Named  Executive  Officer  pursuant  to  our  2005  Equity
Incentive Plan, 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Nonqualified Incentive Plan. All options expire ten years after the date of
grant. Unvested stock options become fully vested and exercisable upon a change of control of our Company.

(2) Options to purchase shares of common stock were granted on September 24, 2014 to each of the Named Executive Officers, of
which  1/6th of  the  stock  options  will  vest  six  months  from  the  date  of  grant  while  the  remainder  will  vest  monthly  over  the
remaining three year vesting period.

(3) Options to purchase shares of common stock were granted on December 31, 2015 to each of the Named Executive Officers, of

which the stock options will vest monthly from the date of grant over the three year vesting period.

Retirement Plan

All  employees,  including  the  named  executive  officers,  may  participate  in  our  401(k)  Plan.  Under  the  401(k)  Plan,  employees  may
elect to make before tax contributions of up to 60% of their base salary, subject to current Internal Revenue Service limits. The 401(k) Plan
does  not  permit  an  investment  in  our  common  stock.  We  match  employee  contributions  up  to  50%  of  the  first  2%  of  the  employee’s
earnings. Our contribution is 100% vested immediately.

- 78 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severance Arrangements

Each  of  Mr.  Schumacher,  Dr.  Ting,  Dr.  Lazarev,  and  Dr.  Lawrence,  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  are  entitled  to  receive  a

severance payment if terminated by us without cause. The severance benefits would include a payment in an amount equal to one year of
such executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation plus accrued paid time off. Additionally, the officer will be entitled to receive
medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Change-in-Control Arrangements

Pursuant  to  severance  agreements  with  each  of  Mr.  Schumacher,  Dr.  Ting,  Dr.  Lazarev  and  Dr.  Lawrence,  each  such  executive
officers, is entitled to receive a change of control payment in an amount equal to one year (other than Mr. Schumacher) of such executive
officer’s annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental coverage, in the event of a change of control
of our Company. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, his payment is equal to two years of annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid
time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage.

Pursuant to our equity incentive plans, any unvested stock options held by a named executive officer will become fully vested upon a

change in control (as defined in the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan) of our Company.

Director Compensation and Benefits

The following table sets forth certain information regarding compensation earned or paid to our directors during fiscal 2015.

Name
Vito J. Mangiardi
Jeffrey N. Peterson
Kevin A. Pollack
Michael S. Urdea, Ph. D.

Fees Earned or Paid
in Cash (1)

40,000   
60,000   
40,000   
55,000   

Stock Awards (1)

  Option Awards (2)(3)

Total

-   
-   
-   
-   

29,149   
52,361   
29,149   
22,402   

69,149 
112,361 
69,149 
77,402 

Our non-employee directors receive the following compensation for service as a director:

(1)  Each  director  currently  earns  a  quarterly  stipend  of  $10,000  for  attending  meetings  of  the  full  board  of  directors
(whether  telephonic  or  in-person)  and  attending  committee  meetings  in  2015.  Mr.  Peterson  currently  earns  $15,000  per
quarter as chairman of the board of directors and Dr. Urdea receives $15,000 annually for serving on the scientific advisory
committee. There is no limit to the number of board of directors or committee meetings that may be called.

(2) Amounts shown do not reflect compensation received by the directors. Instead, the amounts shown are the aggregate
grant date fair value as determined pursuant to FASB ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. Please refer to Note
2, xiii, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” in the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, for the relevant assumptions used to determine the valuation of stock option
grants.

(3)  The  following  table  shows  the  total  number  of  outstanding  stock  options  as  of  December  31,  2015  that  have  been
issued as director compensation.

Name

Vito J. Mangiardi
Jeffrey N. Peterson
Kevin A. Pollack
Michael S. Urdea, Ph. D.

- 79 - 

Aggregate
Number of 
Stock Options
Outstanding

258,000 
452,250 
258,000 
220,500 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report from Compensation Committee

General

Messrs. Peterson, Pollack and Mangiardi are currently the members of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee
operates  pursuant  to  a  written  charter,  a  current  copy  of  which  is  publicly  available  on  the  investor  relations  portion  of  our  website  at
www.pressurebiosciences.com. The primary functions of the Compensation Committee include (i) reviewing and approving our executive
compensation, (ii) reviewing the recommendations of the president and chief executive officer regarding the compensation of our executive
officers,  (iii)  evaluating  the  performance  of  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer,  (iv)  overseeing  the  administration  and  approval  of
grants  of  stock  options  and  other  equity  awards  under  our  equity  incentive  plans,  and  (v)  recommending  compensation  for  our  board  of
directors and each committee thereof for review and approval by the board of directors.

The Compensation Committee may form and delegate authority to one or more subcommittees as it deems appropriate from time to
time under the circumstances (including (a) a subcommittee consisting of a single member and (b) a subcommittee consisting of at least two
members, each of whom qualifies as a “non-employee director,” as such term is defined from time to time in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and an “outside director,” as such term is defined from time to time in Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations there under).

Compensation Objectives

In light of the relatively early stage of commercialization of our products, we recognize the importance of attracting and retaining key
employees  with  sufficient  experience,  skills,  and  qualifications  in  areas  vital  to  our  success,  such  as  operations,  finance,  sales  and
marketing,  research  and  development,  engineering,  and  individuals  who  are  committed  to  our  short-  and  long-term  goals.  The
Compensation  Committee  has  designed  our  executive  compensation  programs  with  the  intent  of  attracting,  motivating,  and  retaining
experienced  executives  and,  subject  to  our  limited  financial  resources,  rewarding  them  for  their  contributions  by  offering  them  a
competitive base salary, potential for annual cash incentive bonuses, and long-term equity-based incentives, typically in the form of stock
options.  The  Compensation  Committee  strives  to  balance  the  need  to  retain  key  employees  with  financial  prudence  given  our  history  of
operating losses, limited financial resources and the early stage of our commercialization.

Executive Officers and Director Compensation Process

The  Compensation  Committee  considers  and  determines  executive  compensation  according  to  an  annual  objective  setting  and
measurement cycle. Specifically, corporate goals for the year are initially developed by our executive officers and are then presented to our
board  of  directors  and  Compensation  Committee  for  review  and  approval.  Individual  goals  are  intended  to  focus  on  contributions  that
facilitate the achievement of the corporate goals. Individual goals are first proposed by each executive officer, other than the president and
CEO, then discussed by the entire senior executive management team and ultimately compiled and prepared for submission to our board of
directors and the Compensation Committee, by the president and chief executive officer. The Compensation Committee sets and approves
the  goals  for  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer.  Generally,  corporate  and  individual  goals  are  set  during  the  first  quarter  of  each
calendar  year.  The  objective  setting  process  is  coordinated  with  our  annual  financial  planning  and  budgeting  process  so  our  board  of
directors and Compensation Committee can consider overall corporate and individual objectives in the context of budget constraints and
cost  control  considerations.  Annual  salary  increases,  bonuses,  and  equity  awards,  such  as  stock  option  grants,  if  any,  are  tied  to  the
achievement of these corporate and individual performance goals as well as our financial position and prospects.

Under the annual performance review program, the Compensation Committee evaluates individual performance against the goals for
the  recently  completed  year.  The  Compensation  Committee’s  evaluation  generally  occurs  in  the  first  quarter  of  the  following  year.  The
evaluation of each executive (other than the president and chief executive officer) begins with a written self-assessment submitted by the
executive to the president and chief executive officer. The president and chief executive officer then prepares a written evaluation based on
the  executive’s  self-assessment,  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer’s  evaluation,  and  input  from  others  within  the  Company.  This
process leads to a recommendation by the president and chief executive officer for a salary increase, bonus, and equity award, if any, which
is then considered by the Compensation Committee. In the case of the president and chief executive officer, the Compensation Committee
conducts  his  performance  evaluation  and  determines  his  compensation,  including  salary  increase,  bonus,  and  equity  awards,  if  any.  We
generally expect, but are not required, to implement salary increases, bonuses, and equity awards, for all executive officers, if and to the
extent granted, by April 1 of each year.

Non-employee director compensation is set by our board of directors upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. In
developing its recommendations, the Compensation Committee is guided by the following goals: compensation should be fair relative to
the  required  services  for  directors  of  comparable  companies  in  our  industry  and  at  our  Company’s  stage  of  development;  compensation
should align directors’ interests with the long-term interest of stockholders; the structure of the compensation should be simple, transparent,
and easy for stockholders to understand; and compensation should be consistent with the financial resources, prospects, and competitive
outlook for the Company.

- 80 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  evaluating  executive  officer  and  director  compensation,  the  Compensation  Committee  considers  the  practices  of  companies  of
similar  size,  geographic  location,  and  market  focus.  In  order  to  develop  reasonable  benchmark  data  the  Compensation  Committee  has
referred  to  publicly  available  sources  such  as  www.salary.com  and  the  BioWorld  Survey.  While  the  Compensation  Committee  does  not
believe benchmarking is appropriate as a stand-alone tool for setting compensation due to the unique aspects of our business objectives and
current  stage  of  development,  the  Compensation  Committee  generally  believes  that  gathering  this  compensation  information  is  an
important part of its compensation-related decision making process.

The Compensation Committee has the authority to hire and fire advisors and compensation consultants as needed and approve their
fees.  No  advisors  or  compensation  consultants  were  hired  or  fired  in  fiscal  2015.  The  Compensation  Committee  is  also  authorized  to
delegate any of its responsibilities to sub committees or individuals as it deems appropriate. The Compensation Committee did not delegate
any of its responsibilities in fiscal 2015.

ITEM  12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Beneficial Ownership Information

The following table sets forth certain information as of January 31, 2016 concerning the beneficial ownership of common stock for: (i)
each  director  and  director  nominee,  (ii)  each  Named  Executive  Officer  in  the  Summary  Compensation  Table  under  “Executive
Compensation” above, (iii) all executive officers and directors as a group, and (iv) each person (including any “group” as that term is used
in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) known by us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock. The address for each
of the persons below who are beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock is our corporate address at 14 Norfolk Avenue, South
Easton, MA 02375.

Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and is calculated based on 21,996,330 shares of our
common stock issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2016. Shares of common stock subject to options, warrants, preferred stock or other
securities  convertible  into  common  stock  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  convertible,  or  exercisable  or  convertible  within  60  days  of
January  31,  2016,  are  deemed  outstanding  for  computing  the  percentage  of  the  person  holding  the  option,  warrant,  preferred  stock,  or
convertible security but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in

the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own.

Name of Beneficial Owner

Richard T. Schumacher(2)
Jeffrey N. Peterson(3)
Kevin A. Pollack(4)
Vito J. Mangiardi(5)
Michael S. Urdea, Ph.D(6)
Edmund Y. Ting, Ph.D(7)
Alexander V. Lazarev, Ph.D(8)
All other officers(9)

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (eight persons)(8)

- 81 - 

Amount and 
Nature of 
Beneficially
Ownership(1)

Percent of 
Class

1,998,324   
966,125   
943,244   
715,310   
694,165   
344,082   
223,598   
232,691   

6,117,539   

8.6%
4.2%
4.2%
3.2%
3.1%
1.5%
1.0%
1.0%

22.9%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
1) The terms of the Company’s Series D Convertible Preferred Stock and Series D warrants, Series G Convertible Preferred Stock
and Series G warrants, Series H Convertible Preferred Stock and Series H warrants, Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and
Series J warrants, Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and Series K warrants and various Common Stock warrants issued in
connection  with  the  Company’s  fundraising  efforts  contain  a  limitation  on  conversion  which  prevents  the  holder  from
converting  shares  of  Series  D,  Series  G,  Series  H,  Series  J  and  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  into,  or  exercise  of the
warrants and various Common Stock warrants for, shares of Common Stock if, after giving effect to the conversion or exercise,
as  the  case  may  be,  the  holder  would  beneficially  own  more  than  4.99%  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock.  The
holder may elect to increase this limitation to 9.99%, 14.99% or 19.99%, upon not less than 61 days prior written notice to the
Company.

2)

3)

4)

5)

6)

7)

8)

Includes (i) 519,173 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 63,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon  conversion of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;  (iii)  63,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock; (iv) 122,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series K Convertible
Preferred  Stock;  and (v)  457,429  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  warrants.  Does  not  include  20,162
shares  of  Common  Stock held  by  Mr.  Schumacher’s  minor  son  as  his  wife  exercises  all  voting  and  investment  control  over
such shares.

Includes (i) 306,750 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 103,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock; and (iii) 267,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
of warrants.

Includes (i) 177,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 200,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock; and (iii) 301,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
of warrants.

Includes (i) 177,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 120,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants.

Includes (i) 158,250 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 177,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants.

Includes (i) 311,337 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 200,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and (iii) 193,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
of warrants.

Includes (i) 204,586 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 240,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock; and (iii) 177,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
of warrants.

9)

Includes (i) 203,753 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 6,220 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

We maintain a number of equity compensation plans for employees, officers, directors and other entities and individuals whose efforts
contribute to our success. The table below sets forth certain information as of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 regarding the shares
of our common stock available for grant or granted under our equity compensation plans.

Number of
securities to be 
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options

Weighted-
average
exercise price
of 
outstanding
options

Number of
securities
remaining
available for future
issuance
under equity
compensation
plans

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)
Equity compensation plans adopted by the Board of Directors(2)  

3,503,250    $
2,068,000   

0.46   
0.40   

1,236,750 
2,932,000 

(1) Includes the following plans: 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

(2) Includes the following plan: 2015 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan.

- 82 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS; AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

Board Independence

Our  board  of  directors  has  reviewed  the  qualifications  of  each  of  Messrs.  Peterson,  Mangiardi,  Pollack,  and  Dr.  Urdea  constituting
more than a majority of our directors and has affirmatively determined that each individual is “independent” as such term is defined under
the  current  listing  standards  of  the  OTC  Markets.  The  board  of  directors  has  determined  that  none  of  these  directors  has  a  material
relationship with us that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment. In addition, each member of the Audit Committee is
independent as required under Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The  Audit  Committee  appointed  MaloneBailey  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  to  audit  the  Company’s
consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2015.  Marcum  has  served  as  the  Company’s  independent
registered public accounting firm in prior years since April 16, 2010.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Fees

The following is a summary of the fees billed to the Company by Marcum LLP and MaloneBailey LLP, the Company’s previous and

current independent registered public accounting firm, respectively for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

Audit Fees
Audit-Related Fees
Tax and Other Fees

Fiscal 2015 Fees

Fiscal 2014 Fees

  $

  $

115,615    $
13,012   
-   

128,627    $

120,000 
56,799 
- 
176,799 

- 83 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audit Fees. Consists of aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial
statements and review of the interim consolidated financial statements included in quarterly reports, as well as services that are normally
provided by the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

Audit-Related Fees. Consists of aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance

of the audit or review of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.”

Audit Committee Policy on Pre-Approval of Services

The Audit Committee’s policy is to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent registered
public accounting firm. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services, and other services. Pre-approval is
generally provided for up to one year. The Audit Committee may also pre-approve particular services on a case-by-case basis.

- 84 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Exhibit No.   

3.1

3.2

3.3

  Restated Articles of Organization of the Company

  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company

  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended

3.4

  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended

3.5

3.6

3.7

3.8

3.9

  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended

  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended

  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company

  Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company

  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended

3.10

  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended

3.11

  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended

Reference

A-3.1**

B-3.1**

O-3.1**

L-3.1**

P-3.1**

U-3.1**

A-3.2**

C-3.3**

W-3.1

X-3.1

Z-3.1

D-4.1**

  Specimen Certificate for Shares of the Company’s common stock

4.1

4.2

  Description of Capital Stock (contained in the Amended and Restated Articles of Organization, as

amended, of the Company filed as Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7)

  A-3.1 & 3.2, B-31, O-31,
L-31, P-31 and U.31**

4.3

  Rights Agreement dated as of February 27, 2003 between the Company and Computer share Trust

E-4**

Company, Inc.

4.4

  Amendment No.  1  to  Rights  Agreement  dated  April  16,  2004  between  the  Company  and

F-4**

Computershare Trust Company, Inc.

4.5

Amendment No.  2  to  Rights Agreement  dated  November  8,  2011  between  the  Company  and
Computershare Trust N.A.

U-4.2**

4.6

  Securities Purchase  Agreement  dated  November  21,  2007  between  the  Company  and  the

G-4.9**

purchasers named therein

4.7

  Registration Rights  Agreement  dated  November  21,  2007  between  the  Company  and  the

G-4.10**

purchasers named therein

4.8

  Securities Purchase  Agreement  dated  February  12,  2009  between  the  Company  and  the

L-4.1**

purchasers named therein

4.9

  Form of 15-Month Preferred Stock Warrant

4.10

  Form of 30-Month common stock Purchase Warrant

4.11

  Amendment No. 1 to 30-Month common stock Purchase Warrant

4.12

  Amendment No. 2 to 30-Month common stock Purchase Warrant

4.13

  Registration Rights  Agreement  dated  February  12,  2009  between  the  Company  and  the

purchasers named therein

L-4.3**

L-4.4**

Q-4.2**

S-4.1**

L-4.5**

4.14

  Securities Purchase  Agreement  dated  November  18,  2009  between  the  Company  and  the

O-4.1**

purchasers named therein

4.15

  Registration Rights  Agreement  dated  November  18,  2009  between  the  Company  and  the

O-4.3**

purchasers named therein

4.16

  Series B Preferred Stock Warrant

O-4.2**

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
- 85 - 

 
 
 
Exhibit No.  

4.17

  Amendment No. 1 to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant

4.18

  Amendment No. 2 to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant

Reference

Q-4.1**

S-4.2**

4.19

  Securities Purchase  Agreement  dated  April  8,  2011  between  the  Company  and  the  Purchasers  Named

P-4.1**

Therein

4.20

  Registration Rights  Agreement  dated  April  8,  2011  between  the  Company  and  the  Purchasers  Named

P-4.3**

Therein

4.21

  Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement dated June 21, 2011, amending Securities Purchase

R-4.1**

Agreement dated April 8, 2011 between the Company and the Purchasers Named Therein

4.22

  Form of common stock Purchase Warrant

4.23

  Form of Warrant Issued to Lenders

4.24

  Form of Promissory Note Issued to Lenders

4.25

  Form of common stock Purchase Warrant

4.26

  Form of Warrant

4.27

  Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement, dated December 28, 2012

4.28

  Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement, dated December 28, 2012

4.29

  Form of Warrant

4.30

  Registration Rights  Agreement,  dated  February  6,  2013  between  the  Company  and  Purchasers  named

therein

4.31

  10% Convertible Debenture, issued on June 7, 2013 for a Purchase price of $250.00

4.32

  Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement, dated December 12, 2013

4.33

  Form of Warrant, initial exercise date December 12, 2013

4.34

  Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 12, 2013

10.1

  1999 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan*

10.2

  1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan*

10.3

  2005 Equity Incentive Plan.*

10.4

  Amendment No. 1 to 2005 Equity Incentive Plan*

10.5

  Description of Compensation for Certain Directors*

10.6

  Severance Agreement between the registrant and Richard T. Schumacher*

10.7

  Form of Severance Agreement including list of officers to whom provided*

P-4.2**

T-4.1**

T-4.2**

U-4.1**

V-4.1**

W-4.2

X-4.1

X-4.2

X-4.3

Y-4.1

Z-4.1

Z-4.2

Z-4.3

H**

H**

I-99.1**

M-10.1**

N-10.7**

N-10.6**

N-10.7**

10.8

  Consent Agreement, dated May 29, 2007, by and among the registrant, PBI Source Scientific, Inc., Source

J-10.1**

Scientific, LLC, BIT Analytical Instruments, Inc., Richard W. Henson and Bruce A. Sargeant.

10.9

  A s s e t Purchase  Agreement  dated  April  16,  2004  between  the  Company,  BBI  Biotech  Research

F-1**

Laboratories, Inc. and SeraCare Life Sciences, Inc.

10.10

  Technology Transfer and Patent Assignment Agreement dated October 7, 1996, between Bioseq, Inc. and

N-10.11**

BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

 10.11

  Amendment to  Technology  Transfer  and  Patent Assignment Agreement  dated  October  8,  1998  between

N-10.12**

Bioseq, Inc. and BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

10.12

  Nonexclusive License  Agreement  dated  September  30,  1998  between  Bioseq,  Inc.  and  BioMolecular

N-10.13**

Assays, Inc.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
10.13

  Agreement for Research Services dated February 1, 2006 by and between the registrant and the University

K-10.1**

of New Hampshire

10.14

  Placement Agency Agreement between the Placement agent and the Company, dated November 8, 2011

U-10.1**

10.15

  Form of Securities Purchase Agreement

10.16

  Form of Escrow Agreement, as amended

10.17

  Form of Securities Purchase Agreement

10.18

  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated June 7, 2013

23.1

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Malone Bailey LLP)

23.2

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Marcum LLP)

U-10.2**

U-10.3**

V-3.1**

Y-10.1

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

31.1

  Principal Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer  Certification  Pursuant  to  Item  601(b)(31)  of

  Filed herewith

Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1

  Principal Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer  Certification  Pursuant  to  Item  601(b)(32)  of

  Filed herewith

Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

101

  Interactive Data File

  Filed herewith

*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**Previously filed as follows.

- 86 - 

 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (Registration No. 333-10759) filed with the Commission on August 23, 1996.

We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Quarterly Report  on Form 10-Q
for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2004.

We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Annual Report on  Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Annual Report on  Form 10-KSB
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission March 12, 2003.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission April 16, 2004.

We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form
S-3 (Registration No. 333-148227) filed with the Commission on December 20, 2007.

We previously filed this exhibit as an appendix to the registrant’s proxy statement filed June 14, 1999.

We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form
S-8 (Reg. No. 333-128594) filed with the Commission on September 26, 2005.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on June 1, 2007.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on February 7, 2006.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on February 18, 2009.

M

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on September 29, 2008.

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Annual Report on  Form 10-K
filed with the Commission on March 27, 2008.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on November 19, 2009.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on April 12, 2011.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on August 11, 2011.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on June 21, 2011.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on October 6, 2011.

We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Quarterly Report  on Form 10-Q
for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on November 10, 2011.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on February 9, 2012.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on January 4, 2013.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on February 13, 2013.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Y

Z

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on June 13, 2013.

We  previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K
filed with the Commission on December 12, 2013.

- 87 - 

 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: April 5, 2016

Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

SIGNATURES

By: /s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on

behalf of the registrant and in the capacity and on the dates indicated.

Name

Capacity

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher

President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer, Clerk and Director
(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

Date

April 5, 2016

/s/ Jeffrey N. Peterson
Jeffrey N. Peterson

/s/ Mickey Urdea
Michael S.Urdea, Ph.D.

/s/ Vito Mangiardi
Vito J. Mangiardi

/s/ Kevin Pollack
Kevin A. Pollack

Chairman of the Board of Directors

April 5, 2016

Director

Director

Director

- 88 - 

April 5, 2016

April 5, 2016

April 5, 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-30320, 333-24749, 333-128594,
333-155405  and  333-203609)  and  Form  S-3  (File  No.  333-148227)  of  our  report  dated  April  5,  2016,  with  respect  to  the  audited
consolidated financial statements of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., which is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as of and for the
year  ended  December  31,  2015.  Our  report  contains  an  explanatory  paragraph  regarding  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going
concern.

EXHIBIT 23.1

/s/ Malone Bailey LLP
www.malonebailey.com
Houston, Texas
April 5, 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Reg Nos. 333-30320, 333-24749, 333-128594,
333-155405 and 333-203609) and Form S-3 (Reg No. 333-148227) of Pressure BioSciences, Inc. of our report dated March 31, 2015, with
respect to the consolidated financial statements of Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2014 and for the year then
ended  (which  report  includes  an  explanatory  paragraph  related  to  uncertainty  of  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern),
which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2015.

EXHIBIT 23.2

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
April 5, 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Richard T. Schumacher, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-
15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiary,  is  made  known  to  us  by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):

a) All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: April 5, 2016

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher

By:
Name: Richard T. Schumacher
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

EXHIBIT 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) for
the period ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Richard T.
Schumacher,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  corporation  (the  “Company”),  do
hereby certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18,
United States Code) that:

(1) The Report of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of

the Company.

Dated: April 5, 2016

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and will be retained by
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.